]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
ddfa055e47e570a1c00956e3d9b3f71a62274351
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @c Maintenance notes:
14 @c 1. Pay attention to @FIXME{}s and @UNREVISED{}s
15 @c 2. Before creating final variant:
16 @c 2.1. Run 'make check-options' to make sure all options are properly
17 @c documented;
18 @c 2.2. Run 'make master-menu' (see comment before the master menu).
19
20 @include rendition.texi
21 @include value.texi
22
23 @defcodeindex op
24 @defcodeindex kw
25
26 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
27 @syncodeindex fn cp
28 @syncodeindex ky cp
29 @syncodeindex pg cp
30 @syncodeindex vr cp
31 @syncodeindex kw cp
32
33 @copying
34
35 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
36 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
37 from archives.
38
39 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994--1997, 1999--2001, 2003--2013 Free
40 Software Foundation, Inc.
41
42 @quotation
43 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
44 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
45 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
46 Invariant Sections being ``GNU General Public License'', with the
47 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual'', and with the Back-Cover Texts
48 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
49 entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
50
51 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to
52 copy and modify this GNU manual.''
53 @end quotation
54 @end copying
55
56 @dircategory Archiving
57 @direntry
58 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
59 @end direntry
60
61 @dircategory Individual utilities
62 @direntry
63 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
64 @end direntry
65
66 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
67
68 @titlepage
69 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
70 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
71 @author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
72
73 @page
74 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
75 @insertcopying
76 @end titlepage
77
78 @ifnottex
79 @node Top
80 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
81
82 @insertcopying
83
84 @cindex file archival
85 @cindex archiving files
86
87 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
88 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
89 @end ifnottex
90
91 @c The master menu goes here.
92 @c
93 @c NOTE: To update it from within Emacs, make sure mastermenu.el is
94 @c loaded and run texinfo-master-menu.
95 @c To update it from the command line, run
96 @c
97 @c make master-menu
98
99 @menu
100 * Introduction::
101 * Tutorial::
102 * tar invocation::
103 * operations::
104 * Backups::
105 * Choosing::
106 * Date input formats::
107 * Formats::
108 * Media::
109 * Reliability and security::
110
111 Appendices
112
113 * Changes::
114 * Configuring Help Summary::
115 * Fixing Snapshot Files::
116 * Tar Internals::
117 * Genfile::
118 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
119 * GNU Free Documentation License::
120 * Index of Command Line Options::
121 * Index::
122
123 @detailmenu
124 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
125
126 Introduction
127
128 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
129 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
130 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
131 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
132 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
133 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
134
135 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
136
137 * assumptions::
138 * stylistic conventions::
139 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
140 * frequent operations::
141 * Two Frequent Options::
142 * create:: How to Create Archives
143 * list:: How to List Archives
144 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
145 * going further::
146
147 Two Frequently Used Options
148
149 * file tutorial::
150 * verbose tutorial::
151 * help tutorial::
152
153 How to Create Archives
154
155 * prepare for examples::
156 * Creating the archive::
157 * create verbose::
158 * short create::
159 * create dir::
160
161 How to List Archives
162
163 * list dir::
164
165 How to Extract Members from an Archive
166
167 * extracting archives::
168 * extracting files::
169 * extract dir::
170 * extracting untrusted archives::
171 * failing commands::
172
173 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
174
175 * Synopsis::
176 * using tar options::
177 * Styles::
178 * All Options::
179 * help::
180 * defaults::
181 * verbose::
182 * checkpoints::
183 * warnings::
184 * interactive::
185
186 The Three Option Styles
187
188 * Long Options:: Long Option Style
189 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
190 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
191 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
192
193 All @command{tar} Options
194
195 * Operation Summary::
196 * Option Summary::
197 * Short Option Summary::
198
199 @GNUTAR{} Operations
200
201 * Basic tar::
202 * Advanced tar::
203 * create options::
204 * extract options::
205 * backup::
206 * Applications::
207 * looking ahead::
208
209 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
210
211 * Operations::
212 * append::
213 * update::
214 * concatenate::
215 * delete::
216 * compare::
217
218 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
219
220 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
221 * multiple::
222
223 Updating an Archive
224
225 * how to update::
226
227 Options Used by @option{--create}
228
229 * override:: Overriding File Metadata.
230 * Ignore Failed Read::
231
232 Options Used by @option{--extract}
233
234 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
235 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
236 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
237
238 Options to Help Read Archives
239
240 * read full records::
241 * Ignore Zeros::
242
243 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
244
245 * Dealing with Old Files::
246 * Overwrite Old Files::
247 * Keep Old Files::
248 * Keep Newer Files::
249 * Unlink First::
250 * Recursive Unlink::
251 * Data Modification Times::
252 * Setting Access Permissions::
253 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
254 * Writing to Standard Output::
255 * Writing to an External Program::
256 * remove files::
257
258 Coping with Scarce Resources
259
260 * Starting File::
261 * Same Order::
262
263 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
264
265 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
266 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
267 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
268 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
269 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
270 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
271
272 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
273
274 * General-Purpose Variables::
275 * Magnetic Tape Control::
276 * User Hooks::
277 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
278
279 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
280
281 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
282 * Selecting Archive Members::
283 * files:: Reading Names from a File
284 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
285 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
286 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
287 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
288 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
289 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
290 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
291
292 Reading Names from a File
293
294 * nul::
295
296 Excluding Some Files
297
298 * problems with exclude::
299
300 Wildcards Patterns and Matching
301
302 * controlling pattern-matching::
303
304 Crossing File System Boundaries
305
306 * directory:: Changing Directory
307 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
308
309 Date input formats
310
311 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
312 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
313 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
314 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}.
315 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
316 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
317 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
318 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
319 * Specifying time zone rules:: TZ="America/New_York", TZ="UTC0".
320 * Authors of parse_datetime:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
321
322 Controlling the Archive Format
323
324 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
325 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
326 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
327 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
328
329 Using Less Space through Compression
330
331 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
332 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
333
334 Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
335
336 * lbzip2:: Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
337
338 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
339
340 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
341 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
342 * hard links:: Hard Links
343 * old:: Old V7 Archives
344 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
345 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
346 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
347 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
348 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
349 * Other Tars:: How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
350 Other @command{tar} Implementations
351
352 @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
353
354 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
355
356 How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
357
358 * Split Recovery:: Members Split Between Volumes
359 * Sparse Recovery:: Sparse Members
360
361 Tapes and Other Archive Media
362
363 * Device:: Device selection and switching
364 * Remote Tape Server::
365 * Common Problems and Solutions::
366 * Blocking:: Blocking
367 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
368 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
369 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
370 * verify::
371 * Write Protection::
372
373 Blocking
374
375 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
376 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
377
378 Many Archives on One Tape
379
380 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
381 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
382
383 Using Multiple Tapes
384
385 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
386 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
387 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
388
389
390 Tar Internals
391
392 * Standard:: Basic Tar Format
393 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
394 * Sparse Formats:: Storing Sparse Files
395 * Snapshot Files::
396 * Dumpdir::
397
398 Storing Sparse Files
399
400 * Old GNU Format::
401 * PAX 0:: PAX Format, Versions 0.0 and 0.1
402 * PAX 1:: PAX Format, Version 1.0
403
404 Genfile
405
406 * Generate Mode:: File Generation Mode.
407 * Status Mode:: File Status Mode.
408 * Exec Mode:: Synchronous Execution mode.
409
410 Copying This Manual
411
412 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
413
414 @end detailmenu
415 @end menu
416
417 @node Introduction
418 @chapter Introduction
419
420 @GNUTAR{} creates
421 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
422 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
423 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
424 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
425 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
426
427 @menu
428 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
429 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
430 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
431 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
432 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
433 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
434 @end menu
435
436 @node Book Contents
437 @section What this Book Contains
438
439 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
440 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
441 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
442 or comments.
443
444 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
445 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
446 meant to be self-contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
447 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
448 progressive order, building on information already explained.
449
450 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
451 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
452 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
453 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
454 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
455 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
456 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
457 may be a cross-reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
458 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
459 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
460
461 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
462 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
463
464 The other chapters are meant to be used as a reference. Each chapter
465 presents everything that needs to be said about a specific topic.
466
467 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
468 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
469 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
470 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
471
472 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
473 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
474 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
475 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
476 indicate this.)
477
478 @node Definitions
479 @section Some Definitions
480
481 @cindex archive
482 @cindex tar archive
483 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
484 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
485 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
486 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
487 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and data modification time.
488 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
489 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
490 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
491
492 @cindex member
493 @cindex archive member
494 @cindex file name
495 @cindex member name
496 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
497 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
498 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
499 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
500 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the file system,
501 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
502 archive.
503
504 @cindex extraction
505 @cindex unpacking
506 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
507 member (or multiple members) into a file in the file system. Extracting
508 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
509 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
510 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
511 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
512 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
513 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
514 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
515 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
516 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
517
518 @node What tar Does
519 @section What @command{tar} Does
520
521 @cindex tar
522 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
523 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
524 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
525 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
526 stored.
527
528 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
529 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
530 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
531 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
532 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
533
534 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
535 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
536
537 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work.}
538 @table @asis
539 @item Storage
540 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
541 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
542 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
543 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
544 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
545 unit.
546
547 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
548 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
549 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
550 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
551 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
552 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
553 archives useful.
554
555 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
556 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
557 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
558 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
559 all dimensions, even time!)
560
561 @item Backup
562 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
563 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
564 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
565 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
566 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
567 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
568 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
569 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
570 file system.
571
572 @item Transportation
573 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
574 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
575 files from one system to another.
576 @end table
577
578 @node Naming tar Archives
579 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
580
581 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
582 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
583 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
584 it and to make examples more clear.
585
586 @cindex tar file
587 @cindex entry
588 @cindex tar entry
589 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
590 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
591 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
592 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
593 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
594
595 @node Authors
596 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
597
598 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
599 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
600 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
601 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
602 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
603 numerous and kind users.
604
605 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
606 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
607 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
608 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
609 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
610
611 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
612 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
613 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
614 i'll think about it.}
615
616 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
617 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
618
619 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
620 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
621 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
622 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
623 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
624 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
625 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
626 1.12. The book for versions from 1.14 up to @value{VERSION} were edited
627 by the current maintainer, Sergey Poznyakoff.
628
629 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
630 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
631
632 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
633 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
634 active development and maintenance work has started
635 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
636 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
637
638 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
639
640 @node Reports
641 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
642
643 @cindex bug reports
644 @cindex reporting bugs
645 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
646 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
647
648 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
649 possible, in order to reproduce it.
650 @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd like to make this node as detailed as
651 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs manual.}
652
653 @node Tutorial
654 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
655
656 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
657 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
658 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
659 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
660 details about how @command{tar} works.
661
662 @menu
663 * assumptions::
664 * stylistic conventions::
665 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
666 * frequent operations::
667 * Two Frequent Options::
668 * create:: How to Create Archives
669 * list:: How to List Archives
670 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
671 * going further::
672 @end menu
673
674 @node assumptions
675 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
676
677 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
678 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
679 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
680 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
681 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
682
683 @itemize @bullet
684 @item
685 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
686 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
687 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
688 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
689 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
690 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
691 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
692 file system. You should have some basic understanding of directory
693 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
694 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
695 input, what various definitions of the term @samp{argument} mean, and the
696 differences between relative and absolute file names.
697 @FIXME{and what else?}
698
699 @item
700 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
701 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
702 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show file names,
703 we will assume that those names are relative to your home directory.
704 For example, my home directory is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
705 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that file
706 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
707
708 @item
709 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
710 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
711 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
712 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
713 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
714 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
715 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
716 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
717 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
718
719 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
720 @end itemize
721
722 @node stylistic conventions
723 @section Stylistic Conventions
724
725 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
726 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
727 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
728 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
729 sometimes @samp{like this}.
730
731 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
732 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
733
734 @node basic tar options
735 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
736
737 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
738 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
739 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
740 operations, and options.
741
742 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
743 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
744 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
745 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
746 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
747 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
748
749 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
750 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
751 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
752 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
753 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
754 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
755
756 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
757 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
758 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
759 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
760 corresponding abbreviations. We will indicate those abbreviations
761 appropriately to get you used to seeing them. Note, that the ``old
762 style'' option forms exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
763 @command{tar}. In this book we present a full discussion of this way
764 of writing options and operations (@pxref{Old Options}), and we discuss
765 the other two styles of writing options (@xref{Long Options}, and
766 @pxref{Short Options}).
767
768 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
769 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
770 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
771 For example, instead of typing
772
773 @smallexample
774 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
775 @end smallexample
776
777 @noindent
778 you can type
779 @smallexample
780 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
781 @end smallexample
782
783 @noindent
784 or even
785 @smallexample
786 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
787 @end smallexample
788
789 @noindent
790 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
791 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
792 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
793
794 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
795 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
796 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
797 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
798 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
799 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
800 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
801
802 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
803 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
804 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
805 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
806 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc.). However,
807 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
808 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
809 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
810 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
811 intends.
812
813 @node frequent operations
814 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
815
816 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
817 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
818 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
819 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
820
821 @table @option
822 @item --create
823 @itemx -c
824 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
825 @item --list
826 @itemx -t
827 List the contents of an archive.
828 @item --extract
829 @itemx -x
830 Extract one or more members from an archive.
831 @end table
832
833 @node Two Frequent Options
834 @section Two Frequently Used Options
835
836 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
837 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
838 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
839 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
840 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
841 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
842
843 @menu
844 * file tutorial::
845 * verbose tutorial::
846 * help tutorial::
847 @end menu
848
849 @node file tutorial
850 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
851
852 @table @option
853 @xopindex{file, tutorial}
854 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
855 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
856 Specify the name of an archive file.
857 @end table
858
859 You can specify an argument for the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option whenever you
860 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
861 that @command{tar} will work on.
862
863 @vrindex TAPE
864 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will examine
865 the environment variable @env{TAPE}. If it is set, its value will be
866 used as the archive name. Otherwise, @command{tar} will use the
867 default archive, determined at compile time. Usually it is
868 standard output or some physical tape drive attached to your machine
869 (you can verify what the default is by running @kbd{tar
870 --show-defaults}, @pxref{defaults}). If there is no tape drive
871 attached, or the default is not meaningful, then @command{tar} will
872 print an error message. The error message might look roughly like one
873 of the following:
874
875 @smallexample
876 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
877 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
878 @end smallexample
879
880 @noindent
881 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
882 name by using @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) when writing your @command{tar} commands.
883 For more information on using the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option, see
884 @ref{file}.
885
886 @node verbose tutorial
887 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
888
889 @table @option
890 @xopindex{verbose, introduced}
891 @item --verbose
892 @itemx -v
893 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
894 @end table
895
896 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) shows details about the results of running
897 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
898 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
899 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
900 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
901 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
902 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
903 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
904 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
905 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
906
907 Each instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line increases the
908 verbosity level by one, so if you need more details on the output,
909 specify it twice.
910
911 When reading archives (@option{--list}, @option{--extract},
912 @option{--diff}), @command{tar} by default prints only the names of
913 the members being extracted. Using @option{--verbose} will show a full,
914 @command{ls} style member listing.
915
916 In contrast, when writing archives (@option{--create}, @option{--append},
917 @option{--update}), @command{tar} does not print file names by
918 default. So, a single @option{--verbose} option shows the file names
919 being added to the archive, while two @option{--verbose} options
920 enable the full listing.
921
922 For example, to create an archive in verbose mode:
923
924 @smallexample
925 $ @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
926 apple
927 angst
928 aspic
929 @end smallexample
930
931 @noindent
932 Creating the same archive with the verbosity level 2 could give:
933
934 @smallexample
935 $ @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
936 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
937 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 11481 2006-06-09 12:06 angst
938 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 23152 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic
939 @end smallexample
940
941 @noindent
942 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
943 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
944 twice, like this:
945
946 @smallexample
947 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
948 @end smallexample
949
950 @noindent
951 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
952
953 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
954 --verbose}}.
955
956 @anchor{verbose member listing}
957 The full output consists of six fields:
958
959 @itemize @bullet
960 @item File type and permissions in symbolic form.
961 These are displayed in the same format as the first column of
962 @command{ls -l} output (@pxref{What information is listed,
963 format=verbose, Verbose listing, fileutils, GNU file utilities}).
964
965 @item Owner name and group separated by a slash character.
966 If these data are not available (for example, when listing a @samp{v7} format
967 archive), numeric @acronym{ID} values are printed instead.
968
969 @item Size of the file, in bytes.
970
971 @item File modification date in ISO 8601 format.
972
973 @item File modification time.
974
975 @item File name.
976 If the name contains any special characters (white space, newlines,
977 etc.) these are displayed in an unambiguous form using so called
978 @dfn{quoting style}. For the detailed discussion of available styles
979 and on how to use them, see @ref{quoting styles}.
980
981 Depending on the file type, the name can be followed by some
982 additional information, described in the following table:
983
984 @table @samp
985 @item -> @var{link-name}
986 The file or archive member is a @dfn{symbolic link} and
987 @var{link-name} is the name of file it links to.
988
989 @item link to @var{link-name}
990 The file or archive member is a @dfn{hard link} and @var{link-name} is
991 the name of file it links to.
992
993 @item --Long Link--
994 The archive member is an old GNU format long link. You will normally
995 not encounter this.
996
997 @item --Long Name--
998 The archive member is an old GNU format long name. You will normally
999 not encounter this.
1000
1001 @item --Volume Header--
1002 The archive member is a GNU @dfn{volume header} (@pxref{Tape Files}).
1003
1004 @item --Continued at byte @var{n}--
1005 Encountered only at the beginning of a multi-volume archive
1006 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}). This archive member is a continuation
1007 from the previous volume. The number @var{n} gives the offset where
1008 the original file was split.
1009
1010 @item unknown file type @var{c}
1011 An archive member of unknown type. @var{c} is the type character from
1012 the archive header. If you encounter such a message, it means that
1013 either your archive contains proprietary member types @GNUTAR{} is not
1014 able to handle, or the archive is corrupted.
1015 @end table
1016
1017 @end itemize
1018
1019 For example, here is an archive listing containing most of the special
1020 suffixes explained above:
1021
1022 @smallexample
1023 @group
1024 V--------- 0/0 1536 2006-06-09 13:07 MyVolume--Volume Header--
1025 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 456783 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic--Continued at byte 32456--
1026 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
1027 lrwxrwxrwx gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 13:01 angst -> apple
1028 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 35793 2006-06-09 12:06 blues
1029 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 12:06 music link to blues
1030 @end group
1031 @end smallexample
1032
1033 @smallexample
1034 @end smallexample
1035
1036 @node help tutorial
1037 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
1038
1039 @table @option
1040 @opindex help
1041 @item --help
1042
1043 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
1044 all operations and option available for the current version of
1045 @command{tar} available on your system.
1046 @end table
1047
1048 @node create
1049 @section How to Create Archives
1050 @UNREVISED
1051
1052 @cindex Creation of the archive
1053 @cindex Archive, creation of
1054 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @option{--create} (@option{-c}), which
1055 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
1056 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
1057 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
1058 practice on.
1059
1060 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
1061 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
1062 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
1063 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
1064 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
1065 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
1066 other directories and other archives.
1067
1068 The three files you will archive in this example are called
1069 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
1070 @file{collection.tar}.
1071
1072 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
1073 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
1074 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
1075 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
1076 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
1077 @command{tar} works.
1078
1079 @menu
1080 * prepare for examples::
1081 * Creating the archive::
1082 * create verbose::
1083 * short create::
1084 * create dir::
1085 @end menu
1086
1087 @node prepare for examples
1088 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1089
1090 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1091 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1092 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
1093 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1094 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1095 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1096
1097 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1098 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
1099 the full file name of this directory is
1100 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1101 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.)
1102
1103 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1104 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1105 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1106 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1107
1108 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1109 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1110 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1111 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1112 contents of the file named by @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) if it exists. @command{tar}
1113 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1114 specify an option which does this (@pxref{backup}, for the
1115 information on how to do so). To add files to an existing archive,
1116 you need to use a different option, such as @option{--append} (@option{-r}); see
1117 @ref{append} for information on how to do this.
1118
1119 @node Creating the archive
1120 @subsection Creating the Archive
1121
1122 @xopindex{create, introduced}
1123 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1124 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1125
1126 @smallexample
1127 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1128 @end smallexample
1129
1130 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1131 option forms}. You could also say:
1132
1133 @smallexample
1134 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1135 @end smallexample
1136
1137 @noindent
1138 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1139 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1140 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1141 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1142
1143 Note that the sequence
1144 @option{--file=@-collection.tar} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1145 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1146 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1147 archive file you create.
1148
1149 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1150 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1151 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1152 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1153 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1154 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1155
1156 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1157 is the operation which creates the new archive
1158 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1159 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1160 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1161 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation.
1162 @xref{Choosing}, for the detailed discussion on these.) Now that they are
1163 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1164 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1165
1166 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1167 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1168 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1169
1170 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1171 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1172
1173 @smallexample
1174 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1175 @end smallexample
1176
1177 @noindent
1178 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1179 the files in the directory.
1180
1181 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1182 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1183 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1184 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1185
1186 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to add files to
1187 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1188 Use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) instead. @xref{append}.
1189
1190 @node create verbose
1191 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1192
1193 @xopindex{create, using with @option{--verbose}}
1194 @xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--create}}
1195 If you include the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option on the command line,
1196 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1197 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1198
1199 @smallexample
1200 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1201 blues
1202 folk
1203 jazz
1204 @end smallexample
1205
1206 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1207 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining
1208 @iftex
1209 lines (note the different font styles).
1210 @end iftex
1211 @ifinfo
1212 lines.
1213 @end ifinfo
1214
1215 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1216 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1217 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1218 understand.
1219
1220 @node short create
1221 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1222
1223 As we said before, the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) operation is one of the most
1224 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1225 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1226 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1227 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1228 previous example (including the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option) looks like
1229 using short option forms:
1230
1231 @smallexample
1232 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1233 blues
1234 folk
1235 jazz
1236 @end smallexample
1237
1238 @noindent
1239 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1240 long or short option forms.
1241
1242 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1243 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1244 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1245 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1246 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1247 following way:
1248
1249 @smallexample
1250 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1251 @end smallexample
1252
1253 @noindent
1254 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1255 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1256 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1257 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1258 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1259 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1260 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1261 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1262 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1263 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1264 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1265
1266 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1267 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1268 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1269
1270 This example,
1271
1272 @smallexample
1273 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1274 @end smallexample
1275
1276 @noindent
1277 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1278 becomes much more so:
1279
1280 @smallexample
1281 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1282 @end smallexample
1283
1284 @noindent
1285 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1286 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1287 valuable data.
1288
1289 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1290 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1291 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1292 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1293 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1294
1295 @node create dir
1296 @subsection Archiving Directories
1297
1298 @cindex Archiving Directories
1299 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1300 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1301 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1302 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1303 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1304
1305 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1306 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1307 type:
1308
1309 @smallexample
1310 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1311 $
1312 @end smallexample
1313
1314 @noindent
1315 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1316 i.e., your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1317 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1318 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1319
1320 @smallexample
1321 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1322 @end smallexample
1323
1324 @noindent
1325 @command{tar} should output:
1326
1327 @smallexample
1328 practice/
1329 practice/blues
1330 practice/folk
1331 practice/jazz
1332 practice/collection.tar
1333 @end smallexample
1334
1335 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1336 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1337 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1338 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1339 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1340 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1341 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1342 @command{tar} from the root directory; @xref{absolute}. (Note
1343 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1344 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1345 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1346 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1347 into the file system).
1348
1349 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1350
1351 @smallexample
1352 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1353 @end smallexample
1354
1355 @noindent
1356 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1357 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1358 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1359 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1360 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1361 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1362 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1363 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1364 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1365 note:} Other implementations of @command{tar} may not be so clever;
1366 they will enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not
1367 depend on this behavior unless you are certain you are running
1368 @GNUTAR{}. In general, it is wise to always place the archive outside
1369 of the directory being dumped.)
1370
1371 @node list
1372 @section How to List Archives
1373
1374 @opindex list
1375 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1376 particular archive contains. You can use the @option{--list}
1377 (@option{-t}) operation to get the member names as they currently
1378 appear in the archive, as well as various attributes of the files at
1379 the time they were archived. For example, you can examine the archive
1380 @file{collection.tar} that you created in the last section with the
1381 command,
1382
1383 @smallexample
1384 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1385 @end smallexample
1386
1387 @noindent
1388 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1389
1390 @smallexample
1391 blues
1392 folk
1393 jazz
1394 @end smallexample
1395
1396 @noindent
1397 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1398
1399 @smallexample
1400 ./birds
1401 baboon
1402 ./box
1403 @end smallexample
1404
1405 @noindent
1406 Be sure to use a @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f
1407 @var{archive-name}}) option just as with @option{--create}
1408 (@option{-c}) to specify the name of the archive.
1409
1410 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--verbose}}
1411 @xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--list}}
1412 If you use the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option with
1413 @option{--list}, then @command{tar} will print out a listing
1414 reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}}, showing owner, file size, and so
1415 forth. This output is described in detail in @ref{verbose member listing}.
1416
1417 If you had used @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) mode, the example
1418 above would look like:
1419
1420 @smallexample
1421 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1422 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1423 @end smallexample
1424
1425 @cindex listing member and file names
1426 @anchor{listing member and file names}
1427 It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1428 --verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1429 --create --verbose} while creating the archive. It is because
1430 @GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1431 prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1432 (@xref{absolute}, for more information). In other
1433 words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1434 an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it. Consider this
1435 example:
1436
1437 @smallexample
1438 @group
1439 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file archive /etc/mail}
1440 tar: Removing leading '/' from member names
1441 /etc/mail/
1442 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1443 /etc/mail/aliases
1444 $ @kbd{tar --test --file archive}
1445 etc/mail/
1446 etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1447 etc/mail/aliases
1448 @end group
1449 @end smallexample
1450
1451 @opindex show-stored-names
1452 This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient. You can force
1453 @GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1454 @option{--show-stored-names} option.
1455
1456 @table @option
1457 @item --show-stored-names
1458 Print member (as opposed to @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1459 @end table
1460
1461 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1462 @xopindex{list, using with file name arguments}
1463 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1464 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1465 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1466 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1467
1468 Because @command{tar} preserves file names, these must be specified as
1469 they appear in the archive (i.e., relative to the directory from which
1470 the archive was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying
1471 member names to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names.
1472 For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar birds}} would produce an
1473 error message something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive},
1474 because there is no member named @file{birds}, only one named
1475 @file{./birds}. While the names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name
1476 the same file, @emph{member} names by default are compared verbatim.
1477
1478 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar baboon}} would respond
1479 with @file{baboon}, because this exact member name is in the archive file
1480 @file{bfiles.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name,
1481 use @dfn{globbing patterns}, for example:
1482
1483 @smallexample
1484 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar --wildcards '*b*'}
1485 @end smallexample
1486
1487 @noindent
1488 will list all members whose name contains @samp{b}. @xref{wildcards},
1489 for a detailed discussion of globbing patterns and related
1490 @command{tar} command line options.
1491
1492 @menu
1493 * list dir::
1494 @end menu
1495
1496 @node list dir
1497 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1498
1499 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1500 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1501 @option{--list} (@option{-t}). To find out file attributes, include the
1502 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option.
1503
1504 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1505 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1506
1507 @smallexample
1508 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1509 @end smallexample
1510
1511 @command{tar} responds:
1512
1513 @smallexample
1514 drwxrwxrwx myself/user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1515 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1516 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1517 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1518 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1519 @end smallexample
1520
1521 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1522 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1523
1524 @node extract
1525 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1526 @cindex Extraction
1527 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1528 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1529
1530 @opindex extract
1531 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1532 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1533 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1534 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1535 from an archive, use the @option{--extract} (@option{--get} or
1536 @option{-x}) operation. As with @option{--create}, specify the name
1537 of the archive with @option{--file} (@option{-f}) option. Extracting
1538 an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can extract it
1539 multiple times if you want or need to.
1540
1541 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1542 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1543 with @option{--create} (@option{-c}) and @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you may use the short or the
1544 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1545
1546 @menu
1547 * extracting archives::
1548 * extracting files::
1549 * extract dir::
1550 * extracting untrusted archives::
1551 * failing commands::
1552 @end menu
1553
1554 @node extracting archives
1555 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1556
1557 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1558 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1559
1560 @smallexample
1561 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1562 @end smallexample
1563
1564 @noindent
1565 produces this:
1566
1567 @smallexample
1568 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1569 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1570 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1571 @end smallexample
1572
1573 @node extracting files
1574 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1575
1576 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1577 arguments, as printed by @option{--list} (@option{-t}). If you had
1578 mistakenly deleted one of the files you had placed in the archive
1579 @file{collection.tar} earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it
1580 from the archive without changing the archive's structure. Its
1581 contents will be identical to the original file @file{blues} that you
1582 deleted.
1583
1584 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1585 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1586 the files in the directory again.
1587
1588 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1589 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1590
1591 @smallexample
1592 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1593 @end smallexample
1594
1595 @noindent
1596 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1597 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, data
1598 modification times, and owner.@footnote{This is only accidentally
1599 true, but not in general. Whereas modification times are always
1600 restored, in most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner,
1601 and use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just
1602 happens that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived
1603 members, and that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original
1604 permissions.} (These parameters will be identical to those which
1605 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1606 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1607 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1608 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1609 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1610 @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1611
1612 Remember that as with other operations, specifying the exact member
1613 name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar birds}}
1614 will fail, because there is no member named @file{birds}. To extract
1615 the member named @file{./birds}, you must specify @w{@kbd{tar
1616 --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. If you don't remember the
1617 exact member names, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option
1618 (@pxref{list}). You can also extract those members that match a
1619 specific @dfn{globbing pattern}. For example, to extract from
1620 @file{bfiles.tar} all files that begin with @samp{b}, no matter their
1621 directory prefix, you could type:
1622
1623 @smallexample
1624 $ @kbd{tar -x -f bfiles.tar --wildcards --no-anchored 'b*'}
1625 @end smallexample
1626
1627 @noindent
1628 Here, @option{--wildcards} instructs @command{tar} to treat
1629 command line arguments as globbing patterns and @option{--no-anchored}
1630 informs it that the patterns apply to member names after any @samp{/}
1631 delimiter. The use of globbing patterns is discussed in detail in
1632 @xref{wildcards}.
1633
1634 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1635 with the @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1636 Output}).
1637
1638 If you give the @option{--verbose} option, then @option{--extract}
1639 will print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1640
1641 @node extract dir
1642 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1643
1644 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1645 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1646 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1647 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1648 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1649 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1650 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1651 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1652 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1653 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1654 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1655 @pxref{Writing}).
1656
1657 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1658 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1659 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1660
1661 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1662 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1663 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1664 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1665 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1666 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1667 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1668 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1669 following command:
1670
1671 @smallexample
1672 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1673 practice/folk
1674 practice/jazz
1675 @end smallexample
1676
1677 @noindent
1678 If you were to specify two @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) options, @command{tar}
1679 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1680 in the example below:
1681
1682 @smallexample
1683 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1684 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1685 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1686 @end smallexample
1687
1688 @noindent
1689 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1690 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1691 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1692 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1693
1694 @node extracting untrusted archives
1695 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1696
1697 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1698 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1699 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1700 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1701 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1702 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1703 extract it as follows:
1704
1705 @smallexample
1706 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1707 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1708 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1709 @end smallexample
1710
1711 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1712 before extracting it, using @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option, possibly combined
1713 with @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}).
1714
1715 @node failing commands
1716 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1717
1718 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1719 they won't work.
1720
1721 If you try to use this command,
1722
1723 @smallexample
1724 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1725 @end smallexample
1726
1727 @noindent
1728 you will get the following response:
1729
1730 @smallexample
1731 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1732 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1733 @end smallexample
1734
1735 @noindent
1736 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1737 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1738 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1739
1740 @smallexample
1741 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1742 practice/blues
1743 practice/folk
1744 practice/jazz
1745 @end smallexample
1746
1747 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1748 order...}
1749
1750 @noindent
1751 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1752
1753 @smallexample
1754 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1755 @end smallexample
1756
1757 @noindent
1758 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1759 archive. You must use the correct member names, or wildcards, in order
1760 to extract the files from the archive.
1761
1762 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1763 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1764
1765 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1766
1767 @node going further
1768 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1769 @UNREVISED
1770
1771 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1772 be in the rest of the manual.}
1773
1774 @node tar invocation
1775 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1776
1777 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1778 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1779 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1780 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1781 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1782 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1783 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1784 depending on what the operation is.
1785
1786 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1787 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1788 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1789 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1790 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1791
1792 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1793 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1794 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1795 receives about what is going on. These are the @option{--help} and
1796 @option{--version} (@pxref{help}), @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1797 and @option{--interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1798
1799 @menu
1800 * Synopsis::
1801 * using tar options::
1802 * Styles::
1803 * All Options:: All @command{tar} Options.
1804 * help:: Where to Get Help.
1805 * defaults:: What are the Default Values.
1806 * verbose:: Checking @command{tar} progress.
1807 * checkpoints:: Checkpoints.
1808 * warnings:: Controlling Warning Messages.
1809 * interactive:: Asking for Confirmation During Operations.
1810 * external:: Running External Commands.
1811 @end menu
1812
1813 @node Synopsis
1814 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1815
1816 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1817
1818 @smallexample
1819 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1820 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1821 @end smallexample
1822
1823 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1824
1825 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1826 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1827 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1828 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1829 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1830 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1831 @command{tar} is to act on.
1832
1833 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1834 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1835 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1836 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1837
1838 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1839 name when the main command is one of @option{--compare}
1840 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}), @option{--delete}, @option{--extract}
1841 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
1842 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). When naming archive members, you
1843 must give the exact name of the member in the archive, as it is
1844 printed by @option{--list}. For @option{--append} (@option{-r}) and
1845 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), these @var{name} arguments specify
1846 the names of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1847 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1848 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1849
1850 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1851 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1852 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1853 unless you specify otherwise (using the @option{--absolute-names}
1854 option). @xref{absolute}, for more information about
1855 @option{--absolute-names}.
1856
1857 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1858 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1859 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1860 the files in the file system to @command{tar}.
1861
1862 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1863 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1864 for newcomers. @xref{wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1865 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1866 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1867 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1868 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1869 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1870 sufficient for this.
1871
1872 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1873 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1874 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}}) option.
1875
1876 If you don't use any file name arguments, @option{--append} (@option{-r}),
1877 @option{--delete} and @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate},
1878 @option{-A}) will do nothing, while @option{--create} (@option{-c})
1879 will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar} execution.
1880 The other operations of @command{tar} (@option{--list},
1881 @option{--extract}, @option{--compare}, and @option{--update})
1882 will act on the entire contents of the archive.
1883
1884 @anchor{exit status}
1885 @cindex exit status
1886 @cindex return status
1887 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1888 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1889 @command{tar} command line is improperly written. Errors may be
1890 encountered later, while processing the archive or the files. Some
1891 errors are recoverable, in which case the failure is delayed until
1892 @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some errors are such that
1893 it would be not meaningful, or at least risky, to continue processing:
1894 @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately. All abnormal exits,
1895 whether immediate or delayed, should always be clearly diagnosed on
1896 @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of the error.
1897
1898 Possible exit codes of @GNUTAR{} are summarized in the following
1899 table:
1900
1901 @table @asis
1902 @item 0
1903 @samp{Successful termination}.
1904
1905 @item 1
1906 @samp{Some files differ}. If tar was invoked with @option{--compare}
1907 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}) command line option, this means that
1908 some files in the archive differ from their disk counterparts
1909 (@pxref{compare}). If tar was given @option{--create},
1910 @option{--append} or @option{--update} option, this exit code means
1911 that some files were changed while being archived and so the resulting
1912 archive does not contain the exact copy of the file set.
1913
1914 @item 2
1915 @samp{Fatal error}. This means that some fatal, unrecoverable error
1916 occurred.
1917 @end table
1918
1919 If @command{tar} has invoked a subprocess and that subprocess exited with a
1920 nonzero exit code, @command{tar} exits with that code as well.
1921 This can happen, for example, if @command{tar} was given some
1922 compression option (@pxref{gzip}) and the external compressor program
1923 failed. Another example is @command{rmt} failure during backup to the
1924 remote device (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
1925
1926 @node using tar options
1927 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1928
1929 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1930 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1931 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1932 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1933 @command{tar} command (the corresponding options may be found
1934 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1935 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1936 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1937 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1938 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1939
1940 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1941 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @option{--verbose}
1942 (@option{-v}), which we used in the tutorial). As we said in the
1943 tutorial, @dfn{options} are arguments to @command{tar} which are (as
1944 their name suggests) optional. Depending on the operating mode, you
1945 may specify one or more options. Different options will have different
1946 effects, but in general they all change details of the operation, such
1947 as archive format, archive name, or level of user interaction. Some
1948 options make sense with all operating modes, while others are
1949 meaningful only with particular modes. You will likely use some
1950 options frequently, while you will only use others infrequently, or
1951 not at all. (A full list of options is available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1952
1953 @vrindex TAR_OPTIONS, environment variable
1954 @anchor{TAR_OPTIONS}
1955 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1956 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1957 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1958 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1959 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1960 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1961 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1962
1963 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1964 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1965 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1966 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1967 write @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1968
1969 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1970 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1971 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1972 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1973 styles.
1974
1975 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1976 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1977 incorporated.}
1978
1979 @node Styles
1980 @section The Three Option Styles
1981
1982 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1983 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1984 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1985 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1986
1987 Some options must take an argument@footnote{For example, @option{--file}
1988 (@option{-f}) takes the name of an archive file as an argument. If
1989 you do not supply an archive file name, @command{tar} will use a
1990 default, but this can be confusing; thus, we recommend that you always
1991 supply a specific archive file name.}. Where you @emph{place} the
1992 arguments generally depends on which style of options you choose. We
1993 will detail specific information relevant to each option style in the
1994 sections on the different option styles, below. The differences are
1995 subtle, yet can often be very important; incorrect option placement
1996 can cause you to overwrite a number of important files. We urge you
1997 to note these differences, and only use the option style(s) which
1998 makes the most sense to you until you feel comfortable with the others.
1999
2000 Some options @emph{may} take an argument. Such options may have at
2001 most long and short forms, they do not have old style equivalent. The
2002 rules for specifying an argument for such options are stricter than
2003 those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please, pay special
2004 attention to them.
2005
2006 @menu
2007 * Long Options:: Long Option Style
2008 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
2009 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
2010 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
2011 @end menu
2012
2013 @node Long Options
2014 @subsection Long Option Style
2015
2016 @cindex long options
2017 @cindex options, long style
2018 @cindex options, GNU style
2019 @cindex options, mnemonic names
2020 Each option has at least one @dfn{long} (or @dfn{mnemonic}) name starting with two
2021 dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
2022 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
2023 single long option has many different names which are
2024 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
2025 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
2026 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
2027 other long option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
2028 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
2029 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
2030 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
2031 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
2032 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
2033 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
2034 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
2035
2036 Long options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
2037 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
2038 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
2039
2040 @smallexample
2041 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
2042 @end smallexample
2043
2044 @noindent
2045 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
2046 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
2047
2048 @cindex arguments to long options
2049 @cindex long options with mandatory arguments
2050 Long options which require arguments take those arguments
2051 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
2052 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
2053 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
2054 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
2055 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
2056 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
2057 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
2058
2059 @cindex optional arguments to long options
2060 @cindex long options with optional arguments
2061 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
2062 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
2063 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
2064 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
2065
2066 @node Short Options
2067 @subsection Short Option Style
2068
2069 @cindex short options
2070 @cindex options, short style
2071 @cindex options, traditional
2072 Most options also have a @dfn{short option} name. Short options start with
2073 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
2074 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
2075 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
2076
2077 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
2078
2079 @cindex arguments to short options
2080 @cindex short options with mandatory arguments
2081 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
2082 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
2083 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
2084 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
2085 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
2086 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
2087 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
2088 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
2089
2090 @cindex optional arguments to short options
2091 @cindex short options with optional arguments
2092 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
2093 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
2094 white space characters}.
2095
2096 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
2097 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
2098 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
2099 all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
2100 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
2101 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
2102 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
2103 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
2104
2105 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
2106 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
2107 For example:
2108
2109 @smallexample
2110 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
2111 @end smallexample
2112
2113 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
2114 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
2115 end up overwriting files.
2116
2117 @node Old Options
2118 @subsection Old Option Style
2119 @cindex options, old style
2120 @cindex old option style
2121 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2122
2123 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2124 non-@acronym{GNU}, support @dfn{old options}: that is, if the first
2125 argument does not start with @samp{-}, it is assumed to specify option
2126 letters. @GNUTAR{} supports old options not only for historical
2127 reasons, but also because many people are used to them. If the first
2128 argument does not start with a dash, you are announcing the old option
2129 style instead of the short option style; old options are decoded
2130 differently.
2131
2132 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
2133 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
2134 them or dashes preceding them. This set
2135 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
2136 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
2137 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
2138 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
2139 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
2140 long option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
2141 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
2142
2143 @cindex arguments to old options
2144 @cindex old options with mandatory arguments
2145 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2146 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2147 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2148 style as follows:
2149
2150 @smallexample
2151 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2152 @end smallexample
2153
2154 @noindent
2155 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2156 the argument of @option{-f}.
2157
2158 The old style syntax can make it difficult to match
2159 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2160 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2161 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2162 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
2163 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2164 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2165 pertain to.
2166
2167 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2168 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2169
2170 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2171 users. For example, the two commands:
2172
2173 @smallexample
2174 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2175 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2176 @end smallexample
2177
2178 @noindent
2179 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2180 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2181 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2182 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2183
2184 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2185 following are equivalent:
2186
2187 @smallexample
2188 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2189 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2190 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2191 @end smallexample
2192
2193 @node Mixing
2194 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2195
2196 @cindex options, mixing different styles
2197 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2198 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2199 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2200 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with long options in
2201 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2202 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2203 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2204 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2205 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2206 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2207 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2208 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2209 style options.
2210
2211 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2212 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2213
2214 @smallexample
2215 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2216 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2217 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2218 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2219 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2220 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2221 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2222 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2223 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2224 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2225 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2226 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2227 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2228 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2229 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2230 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2231 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2232 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2233 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2234 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2235 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2236 @end smallexample
2237
2238 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2239 the previous set:
2240
2241 @smallexample
2242 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2243 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2244 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2245 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2246 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2247 @end smallexample
2248
2249 @noindent
2250 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2251 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2252 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2253 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2254 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2255 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2256 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2257 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2258 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2259 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value.
2260 @FIXME{not sure i liked
2261 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2262
2263 @node All Options
2264 @section All @command{tar} Options
2265
2266 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2267 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and
2268 cross-references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2269 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2270 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2271 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2272
2273 @menu
2274 * Operation Summary::
2275 * Option Summary::
2276 * Short Option Summary::
2277 @end menu
2278
2279 @node Operation Summary
2280 @subsection Operations
2281
2282 @table @option
2283
2284 @opsummary{append}
2285 @item --append
2286 @itemx -r
2287
2288 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2289
2290 @opsummary{catenate}
2291 @item --catenate
2292 @itemx -A
2293
2294 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2295
2296 @opsummary{compare}
2297 @item --compare
2298 @itemx -d
2299
2300 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2301 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2302 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2303
2304 @opsummary{concatenate}
2305 @item --concatenate
2306 @itemx -A
2307
2308 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2309 @xref{concatenate}.
2310
2311 @opsummary{create}
2312 @item --create
2313 @itemx -c
2314
2315 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2316
2317 @opsummary{delete}
2318 @item --delete
2319
2320 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on an archive on a
2321 tape! @xref{delete}.
2322
2323 @opsummary{diff}
2324 @item --diff
2325 @itemx -d
2326
2327 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2328
2329 @opsummary{extract}
2330 @item --extract
2331 @itemx -x
2332
2333 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2334
2335 @opsummary{get}
2336 @item --get
2337 @itemx -x
2338
2339 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2340
2341 @opsummary{list}
2342 @item --list
2343 @itemx -t
2344
2345 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2346
2347 @opsummary{update}
2348 @item --update
2349 @itemx -u
2350
2351 Adds files to the end of the archive, but only if they are newer than
2352 their counterparts already in the archive, or if they do not already
2353 exist in the archive. @xref{update}.
2354
2355 @end table
2356
2357 @node Option Summary
2358 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2359
2360 @table @option
2361
2362 @opsummary{absolute-names}
2363 @item --absolute-names
2364 @itemx -P
2365
2366 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2367 @samp{/} from member names, and when extracting from an archive @command{tar}
2368 treats names specially if they have initial @samp{/} or internal
2369 @samp{..}. This option disables that behavior. @xref{absolute}.
2370
2371 @opsummary{after-date}
2372 @item --after-date
2373
2374 (See @option{--newer}, @pxref{after})
2375
2376 @opsummary{anchored}
2377 @item --anchored
2378 A pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2379 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2380
2381 @opsummary{atime-preserve}
2382 @item --atime-preserve
2383 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
2384 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
2385
2386 Attempt to preserve the access time of files when reading them. This
2387 option currently is effective only on files that you own, unless you
2388 have superuser privileges.
2389
2390 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} remembers the access time of a file
2391 before reading it, and then restores the access time afterwards. This
2392 may cause problems if other programs are reading the file at the same
2393 time, as the times of their accesses will be lost. On most platforms
2394 restoring the access time also requires @command{tar} to restore the
2395 data modification time too, so this option may also cause problems if
2396 other programs are writing the file at the same time (@command{tar} attempts
2397 to detect this situation, but cannot do so reliably due to race
2398 conditions). Worse, on most platforms restoring the access time also
2399 updates the status change time, which means that this option is
2400 incompatible with incremental backups.
2401
2402 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing time stamps on files,
2403 without interfering with time stamp updates
2404 caused by other programs, so it works better with incremental backups.
2405 However, it requires a special @code{O_NOATIME} option from the
2406 underlying operating and file system implementation, and it also requires
2407 that searching directories does not update their access times. As of
2408 this writing (November 2005) this works only with Linux, and only with
2409 Linux kernels 2.6.8 and later. Worse, there is currently no reliable
2410 way to know whether this feature actually works. Sometimes
2411 @command{tar} knows that it does not work, and if you use
2412 @option{--atime-preserve=system} then @command{tar} complains and
2413 exits right away. But other times @command{tar} might think that the
2414 option works when it actually does not.
2415
2416 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
2417 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this may change in the future
2418 as support for @option{--atime-preserve=system} improves.
2419
2420 If your operating or file system does not support
2421 @option{--atime-preserve=@-system}, you might be able to preserve access
2422 times reliably by using the @command{mount} command. For example,
2423 you can mount the file system read-only, or access the file system via
2424 a read-only loopback mount, or use the @samp{noatime} mount option
2425 available on some systems. However, mounting typically requires
2426 superuser privileges and can be a pain to manage.
2427
2428 @opsummary{auto-compress}
2429 @item --auto-compress
2430 @itemx -a
2431
2432 During a @option{--create} operation, enables automatic compressed
2433 format recognition based on the archive suffix. The effect of this
2434 option is cancelled by @option{--no-auto-compress}. @xref{gzip}.
2435
2436 @opsummary{backup}
2437 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2438
2439 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2440 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2441 @var{backup-type}. @xref{backup}.
2442
2443 @opsummary{block-number}
2444 @item --block-number
2445 @itemx -R
2446
2447 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2448 with the block number in the archive file. @xref{block-number}.
2449
2450 @opsummary{blocking-factor}
2451 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2452 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2453
2454 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2455 record. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
2456
2457 @opsummary{bzip2}
2458 @item --bzip2
2459 @itemx -j
2460
2461 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2462 @code{bzip2}. @xref{gzip}.
2463
2464 @opsummary{check-device}
2465 @item --check-device
2466 Check device numbers when creating a list of modified files for
2467 incremental archiving. This is the default. @xref{device numbers},
2468 for a detailed description.
2469
2470 @opsummary{checkpoint}
2471 @item --checkpoint[=@var{number}]
2472
2473 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint
2474 messages as it reads through the archive. It is intended for when you
2475 want a visual indication that @command{tar} is still running, but
2476 don't want to see @option{--verbose} output. You can also instruct
2477 @command{tar} to execute a list of actions on each checkpoint, see
2478 @option{--checkpoint-action} below. For a detailed description, see
2479 @ref{checkpoints}.
2480
2481 @opsummary{checkpoint-action}
2482 @item --checkpoint-action=@var{action}
2483 Instruct @command{tar} to execute an action upon hitting a
2484 breakpoint. Here we give only a brief outline. @xref{checkpoints},
2485 for a complete description.
2486
2487 The @var{action} argument can be one of the following:
2488
2489 @table @asis
2490 @item bell
2491 Produce an audible bell on the console.
2492
2493 @item dot
2494 @itemx .
2495 Print a single dot on the standard listing stream.
2496
2497 @item echo
2498 Display a textual message on the standard error, with the status and
2499 number of the checkpoint. This is the default.
2500
2501 @item echo=@var{string}
2502 Display @var{string} on the standard error. Before output, the string
2503 is subject to meta-character expansion.
2504
2505 @item exec=@var{command}
2506 Execute the given @var{command}.
2507
2508 @item sleep=@var{time}
2509 Wait for @var{time} seconds.
2510
2511 @item ttyout=@var{string}
2512 Output @var{string} on the current console (@file{/dev/tty}).
2513 @end table
2514
2515 Several @option{--checkpoint-action} options can be specified. The
2516 supplied actions will be executed in order of their appearance in the
2517 command line.
2518
2519 Using @option{--checkpoint-action} without @option{--checkpoint}
2520 assumes default checkpoint frequency of one checkpoint per 10 records.
2521
2522 @opsummary{check-links}
2523 @item --check-links
2524 @itemx -l
2525 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2526 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2527 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2528 output @footnote{Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2529 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. The current semantics, which
2530 complies to UNIX98, was introduced with version
2531 1.15.91. @xref{Changes}, for more information.}.
2532
2533 @xref{hard links}.
2534
2535 @opsummary{compress}
2536 @opsummary{uncompress}
2537 @item --compress
2538 @itemx --uncompress
2539 @itemx -Z
2540
2541 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2542 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2543 while saving space. @xref{gzip}.
2544
2545 @opsummary{confirmation}
2546 @item --confirmation
2547
2548 (See @option{--interactive}.) @xref{interactive}.
2549
2550 @opsummary{delay-directory-restore}
2551 @item --delay-directory-restore
2552
2553 Delay setting modification times and permissions of extracted
2554 directories until the end of extraction. @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2555
2556 @opsummary{dereference}
2557 @item --dereference
2558 @itemx -h
2559
2560 When reading or writing a file to be archived, @command{tar} accesses
2561 the file that a symbolic link points to, rather than the symlink
2562 itself. @xref{dereference}.
2563
2564 @opsummary{directory}
2565 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2566 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2567
2568 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2569 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2570 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @xref{directory}.
2571
2572 @opsummary{exclude}
2573 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2574
2575 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2576 @var{pattern}. @xref{exclude}.
2577
2578 @opsummary{exclude-backups}
2579 @item --exclude-backups
2580 Exclude backup and lock files. @xref{exclude,, exclude-backups}.
2581
2582 @opsummary{exclude-from}
2583 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2584 @itemx -X @var{file}
2585
2586 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2587 patterns in the file @var{file}. @xref{exclude}.
2588
2589 @opsummary{exclude-caches}
2590 @item --exclude-caches
2591
2592 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2593 tag file, but still dump the directory node and the tag file itself.
2594
2595 @xref{exclude,, exclude-caches}.
2596
2597 @opsummary{exclude-caches-under}
2598 @item --exclude-caches-under
2599
2600 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2601 tag file, but still dump the directory node itself.
2602
2603 @xref{exclude}.
2604
2605 @opsummary{exclude-caches-all}
2606 @item --exclude-caches-all
2607
2608 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2609 tag file. @xref{exclude}.
2610
2611 @opsummary{exclude-tag}
2612 @item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
2613
2614 Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}, but
2615 dump the directory node and @var{file} itself. @xref{exclude,, exclude-tag}.
2616
2617 @opsummary{exclude-tag-under}
2618 @item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
2619
2620 Exclude from dump the contents of any directory containing file
2621 named @var{file}, but dump the directory node itself. @xref{exclude,,
2622 exclude-tag-under}.
2623
2624 @opsummary{exclude-tag-all}
2625 @item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
2626
2627 Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}.
2628 @xref{exclude,,exclude-tag-all}.
2629
2630 @opsummary{exclude-vcs}
2631 @item --exclude-vcs
2632
2633 Exclude from dump directories and files, that are internal for some
2634 widely used version control systems.
2635
2636 @xref{exclude,,exclude-vcs}.
2637
2638 @opsummary{file}
2639 @item --file=@var{archive}
2640 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2641
2642 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2643 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2644 default. @xref{file tutorial}.
2645
2646 @opsummary{files-from}
2647 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2648 @itemx -T @var{file}
2649
2650 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2651 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2652 command-line. @xref{files}.
2653
2654 @opsummary{force-local}
2655 @item --force-local
2656
2657 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the file name given to @option{--file}
2658 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2659 @xref{local and remote archives}.
2660
2661 @opsummary{format}
2662 @item --format=@var{format}
2663 @itemx -H @var{format}
2664
2665 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2666 following:
2667
2668 @table @samp
2669 @item v7
2670 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2671
2672 @item oldgnu
2673 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2674 1.12 or earlier.
2675
2676 @item gnu
2677 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2678 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2679 numeric fields.
2680
2681 @item ustar
2682 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2683
2684 @item posix
2685 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2686
2687 @end table
2688
2689 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2690
2691 @opsummary{full-time}
2692 @item --full-time
2693 This option instructs @command{tar} to print file times to their full
2694 resolution. Usually this means 1-second resolution, but that depends
2695 on the underlying file system. The @option{--full-time} option takes
2696 effect only when detailed output (verbosity level 2 or higher) has
2697 been requested using the @option{--verbose} option, e.g., when listing
2698 or extracting archives:
2699
2700 @smallexample
2701 $ @kbd{tar -t -v --full-time -f archive.tar}
2702 @end smallexample
2703
2704 @noindent
2705 or, when creating an archive:
2706
2707 @smallexample
2708 $ @kbd{tar -c -vv --full-time -f archive.tar .}
2709 @end smallexample
2710
2711 Notice, thar when creating the archive you need to specify
2712 @option{--verbose} twice to get a detailed output (@pxref{verbose
2713 tutorial}).
2714
2715 @opsummary{group}
2716 @item --group=@var{group}
2717
2718 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
2719 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} can specify a
2720 symbolic name, or a numeric @acronym{ID}, or both as
2721 @var{name}:@var{id}. @xref{override}.
2722
2723 Also see the comments for the @option{--owner=@var{user}} option.
2724
2725 @opsummary{gzip}
2726 @opsummary{gunzip}
2727 @opsummary{ungzip}
2728 @item --gzip
2729 @itemx --gunzip
2730 @itemx --ungzip
2731 @itemx -z
2732
2733 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2734 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2735 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @xref{gzip}.
2736
2737 @opsummary{hard-dereference}
2738 @item --hard-dereference
2739 When creating an archive, dereference hard links and store the files
2740 they refer to, instead of creating usual hard link members.
2741
2742 @xref{hard links}.
2743
2744 @opsummary{help}
2745 @item --help
2746 @itemx -?
2747
2748 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2749 options to @command{tar} and exit. @xref{help}.
2750
2751 @opsummary{ignore-case}
2752 @item --ignore-case
2753 Ignore case when matching member or file names with
2754 patterns. @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2755
2756 @opsummary{ignore-command-error}
2757 @item --ignore-command-error
2758 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2759
2760 @opsummary{ignore-failed-read}
2761 @item --ignore-failed-read
2762
2763 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2764 @xref{Ignore Failed Read}.
2765
2766 @opsummary{ignore-zeros}
2767 @item --ignore-zeros
2768 @itemx -i
2769
2770 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2771 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2772
2773 @opsummary{incremental}
2774 @item --incremental
2775 @itemx -G
2776
2777 Informs @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2778 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2779 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2780 for a detailed discussion of incremental archives.
2781
2782 @opsummary{index-file}
2783 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2784
2785 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2786
2787 @opsummary{info-script}
2788 @opsummary{new-volume-script}
2789 @item --info-script=@var{command}
2790 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
2791 @itemx -F @var{command}
2792
2793 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{command} is run
2794 at the end of each tape. If it exits with nonzero status,
2795 @command{tar} fails immediately. @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
2796 discussion of this feature.
2797
2798 @opsummary{interactive}
2799 @item --interactive
2800 @itemx --confirmation
2801 @itemx -w
2802
2803 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2804 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2805 @xref{interactive}.
2806
2807 @opsummary{keep-newer-files}
2808 @item --keep-newer-files
2809
2810 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2811 when extracting files from an archive.
2812
2813 @opsummary{keep-old-files}
2814 @item --keep-old-files
2815 @itemx -k
2816
2817 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an
2818 archive. Return error if such files exist. See also
2819 @ref{--skip-old-files}.
2820
2821 @xref{Keep Old Files}.
2822
2823 @opsummary{label}
2824 @item --label=@var{name}
2825 @itemx -V @var{name}
2826
2827 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2828 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2829 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2830 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @xref{Tape Files}.
2831
2832 @opsummary{level}
2833 @item --level=@var{n}
2834 Force incremental backup of level @var{n}. As of @GNUTAR version
2835 @value{VERSION}, the option @option{--level=0} truncates the snapshot
2836 file, thereby forcing the level 0 dump. Other values of @var{n} are
2837 effectively ignored. @xref{--level=0}, for details and examples.
2838
2839 The use of this option is valid only in conjunction with the
2840 @option{--listed-incremental} option. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2841 for a detailed description.
2842
2843 @opsummary{listed-incremental}
2844 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2845 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2846
2847 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2848 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2849 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2850 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2851 incremental format. @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
2852
2853 @opsummary{lzip}
2854 @item --lzip
2855
2856 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2857 @command{lzip}. @xref{gzip}.
2858
2859 @opsummary{lzma}
2860 @item --lzma
2861
2862 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2863 @command{lzma}. @xref{gzip}.
2864
2865 @item --lzop
2866
2867 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2868 @command{lzop}. @xref{gzip}.
2869
2870 @opsummary{mode}
2871 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2872
2873 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2874 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2875 from the files. @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
2876 number or as symbolic permissions, like with
2877 @command{chmod}. @xref{override}.
2878
2879 @opsummary{mtime}
2880 @item --mtime=@var{date}
2881
2882 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
2883 the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
2884 their actual modification times. The value of @var{date} can be
2885 either a textual date representation (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a
2886 name of the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the
2887 latter case, the modification time of that file is used. @xref{override}.
2888
2889 @opsummary{multi-volume}
2890 @item --multi-volume
2891 @itemx -M
2892
2893 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2894 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
2895
2896 @opsummary{new-volume-script}
2897 @item --new-volume-script
2898
2899 (see @option{--info-script})
2900
2901 @opsummary{newer}
2902 @item --newer=@var{date}
2903 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2904 @itemx -N
2905
2906 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2907 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2908 is taken to be the name of a file whose data modification time specifies
2909 the date. @xref{after}.
2910
2911 @opsummary{newer-mtime}
2912 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2913
2914 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2915 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2916 also back up files for which any status information has
2917 changed). @xref{after}.
2918
2919 @opsummary{no-anchored}
2920 @item --no-anchored
2921 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2922 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2923
2924 @opsummary{no-auto-compress}
2925 @item --no-auto-compress
2926
2927 Disables automatic compressed format recognition based on the archive
2928 suffix. @xref{--auto-compress}. @xref{gzip}.
2929
2930 @opsummary{no-check-device}
2931 @item --no-check-device
2932 Do not check device numbers when creating a list of modified files
2933 for incremental archiving. @xref{device numbers}, for
2934 a detailed description.
2935
2936 @opsummary{no-delay-directory-restore}
2937 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
2938
2939 Modification times and permissions of extracted
2940 directories are set when all files from this directory have been
2941 extracted. This is the default.
2942 @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2943
2944 @opsummary{no-ignore-case}
2945 @item --no-ignore-case
2946 Use case-sensitive matching.
2947 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2948
2949 @opsummary{no-ignore-command-error}
2950 @item --no-ignore-command-error
2951 Print warnings about subprocesses that terminated with a nonzero exit
2952 code. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2953
2954 @opsummary{no-null}
2955 @item --no-null
2956
2957 If the @option{--null} option was given previously, this option
2958 cancels its effect, so that any following @option{--files-from}
2959 options will expect their file lists to be newline-terminated.
2960
2961 @opsummary{no-overwrite-dir}
2962 @item --no-overwrite-dir
2963
2964 Preserve metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2965 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2966
2967 @opsummary{no-quote-chars}
2968 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
2969 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
2970 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option
2971 (@pxref{quoting styles}).
2972
2973 @opsummary{no-recursion}
2974 @item --no-recursion
2975
2976 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2977 @xref{recurse}.
2978
2979 @opsummary{no-same-owner}
2980 @item --no-same-owner
2981 @itemx -o
2982
2983 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2984 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2985 for ordinary users.
2986
2987 @opsummary{no-same-permissions}
2988 @item --no-same-permissions
2989
2990 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2991 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2992 for ordinary users.
2993
2994 @opsummary{no-seek}
2995 @item --no-seek
2996
2997 The archive media does not support seeks to arbitrary
2998 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
2999 the archive can be seeked or not. Use this option to disable this
3000 mechanism.
3001
3002 @opsummary{no-unquote}
3003 @item --no-unquote
3004 Treat all input file or member names literally, do not interpret
3005 escape sequences. @xref{input name quoting}.
3006
3007 @opsummary{no-wildcards}
3008 @item --no-wildcards
3009 Do not use wildcards.
3010 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3011
3012 @opsummary{no-wildcards-match-slash}
3013 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
3014 Wildcards do not match @samp{/}.
3015 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3016
3017 @opsummary{null}
3018 @item --null
3019
3020 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
3021 instructs @command{tar} to expect file names terminated with @acronym{NUL}, so
3022 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
3023 @xref{nul}.
3024
3025 @opsummary{numeric-owner}
3026 @item --numeric-owner
3027
3028 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
3029 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
3030 @xref{Attributes}.
3031
3032 @item -o
3033 The function of this option depends on the action @command{tar} is
3034 performing. When extracting files, @option{-o} is a synonym for
3035 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e., it prevents @command{tar} from
3036 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
3037
3038 When creating an archive, it is a synonym for
3039 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
3040 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
3041 removed in future releases.
3042
3043 @xref{Changes}, for more information.
3044
3045 @opsummary{occurrence}
3046 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
3047
3048 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
3049 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
3050 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
3051 line or via @option{-T} option.
3052
3053 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
3054 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
3055
3056 @smallexample
3057 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
3058 @end smallexample
3059
3060 @noindent
3061 will extract the first occurrence of the member @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
3062 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
3063
3064 @opsummary{old-archive}
3065 @item --old-archive
3066 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3067
3068 @opsummary{one-file-system}
3069 @item --one-file-system
3070 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
3071 directories that are on different file systems from the current
3072 directory.
3073
3074 @opsummary{overwrite}
3075 @item --overwrite
3076
3077 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
3078 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3079
3080 @opsummary{overwrite-dir}
3081 @item --overwrite-dir
3082
3083 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
3084 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3085
3086 @opsummary{owner}
3087 @item --owner=@var{user}
3088
3089 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
3090 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
3091 file. @var{user} can specify a symbolic name, or a numeric
3092 @acronym{ID}, or both as @var{name}:@var{id}.
3093 @xref{override}.
3094
3095 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
3096
3097 @opsummary{pax-option}
3098 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
3099 This option enables creation of the archive in @acronym{POSIX.1-2001}
3100 format (@pxref{posix}) and modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
3101 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
3102 list of keyword options. @xref{PAX keywords}, for a detailed
3103 discussion.
3104
3105 @opsummary{portability}
3106 @item --portability
3107 @itemx --old-archive
3108 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3109
3110 @opsummary{posix}
3111 @item --posix
3112 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
3113
3114 @opsummary{preserve}
3115 @item --preserve
3116
3117 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
3118 @option{--same-order}. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
3119
3120 @opsummary{preserve-order}
3121 @item --preserve-order
3122
3123 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
3124
3125 @opsummary{preserve-permissions}
3126 @opsummary{same-permissions}
3127 @item --preserve-permissions
3128 @itemx --same-permissions
3129 @itemx -p
3130
3131 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
3132 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
3133 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
3134 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
3135 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
3136
3137 @opsummary{quote-chars}
3138 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
3139 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
3140 quoting style would not quote them (@pxref{quoting styles}).
3141
3142 @opsummary{quoting-style}
3143 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
3144 Set quoting style to use when printing member and file names
3145 (@pxref{quoting styles}). Valid @var{style} values are:
3146 @code{literal}, @code{shell}, @code{shell-always}, @code{c},
3147 @code{escape}, @code{locale}, and @code{clocale}. Default quoting
3148 style is @code{escape}, unless overridden while configuring the
3149 package.
3150
3151 @opsummary{read-full-records}
3152 @item --read-full-records
3153 @itemx -B
3154
3155 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
3156 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
3157
3158 @opsummary{record-size}
3159 @item --record-size=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
3160
3161 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
3162 archive. The argument can be suffixed with a @dfn{size suffix}, e.g.
3163 @option{--record-size=10K} for 10 Kilobytes. @xref{size-suffixes},
3164 for a list of valid suffixes. @xref{Blocking Factor}, for a detailed
3165 description of this option.
3166
3167 @opsummary{recursion}
3168 @item --recursion
3169
3170 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories (default).
3171 @xref{recurse}.
3172
3173 @opsummary{recursive-unlink}
3174 @item --recursive-unlink
3175
3176 Remove existing
3177 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
3178 from the archive. @xref{Recursive Unlink}.
3179
3180 @opsummary{remove-files}
3181 @item --remove-files
3182
3183 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
3184 appending it to an archive. @xref{remove files}.
3185
3186 @opsummary{restrict}
3187 @item --restrict
3188
3189 Disable use of some potentially harmful @command{tar} options.
3190 Currently this option disables shell invocation from multi-volume menu
3191 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}).
3192
3193 @opsummary{rmt-command}
3194 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
3195
3196 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
3197 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
3198
3199 @opsummary{rsh-command}
3200 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
3201
3202 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
3203 devices. @xref{Device}.
3204
3205 @opsummary{same-order}
3206 @item --same-order
3207 @itemx --preserve-order
3208 @itemx -s
3209
3210 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
3211 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
3212 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
3213 archive. @xref{Reading}.
3214
3215 @opsummary{same-owner}
3216 @item --same-owner
3217
3218 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
3219 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
3220 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
3221 effect only for ordinary users. @xref{Attributes}.
3222
3223 @opsummary{same-permissions}
3224 @item --same-permissions
3225
3226 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Setting Access Permissions}.)
3227
3228 @opsummary{seek}
3229 @item --seek
3230 @itemx -n
3231
3232 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
3233 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
3234 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
3235 in cases when such recognition fails. It takes effect only if the
3236 archive is open for reading (e.g. with @option{--list} or
3237 @option{--extract} options).
3238
3239 @opsummary{show-defaults}
3240 @item --show-defaults
3241
3242 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
3243 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
3244 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
3245
3246 @smallexample
3247 $ @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3248 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape
3249 --rmt-command=/usr/libexec/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3250 @end smallexample
3251
3252 @noindent
3253 Notice, that this option outputs only one line. The example output
3254 above has been split to fit page boundaries. @xref{defaults}.
3255
3256 @opsummary{show-omitted-dirs}
3257 @item --show-omitted-dirs
3258
3259 Instructs @command{tar} to mention the directories it is skipping when
3260 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @xref{show-omitted-dirs}.
3261
3262 @opsummary{show-snapshot-field-ranges}
3263 @item --show-snapshot-field-ranges
3264
3265 Displays the range of values allowed by this version of @command{tar}
3266 for each field in the snapshot file, then exits successfully.
3267 @xref{Snapshot Files}.
3268
3269 @opsummary{show-transformed-names}
3270 @opsummary{show-stored-names}
3271 @item --show-transformed-names
3272 @itemx --show-stored-names
3273
3274 Display file or member names after applying any transformations
3275 (@pxref{transform}). In particular, when used in conjunction with one of
3276 the archive creation operations it instructs @command{tar} to list the
3277 member names stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
3278 names. @xref{listing member and file names}.
3279
3280 @opsummary{skip-old-files}
3281 @item --skip-old-files
3282
3283 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an
3284 archive. @xref{Keep Old Files}.
3285
3286 This option differs from @option{--keep-old-files} in that it does not
3287 treat such files as an error, instead it just silently avoids
3288 overwriting them.
3289
3290 The @option{--warning=existing-file} option can be used together with
3291 this option to produce warning messages about existing old files
3292 (@pxref{warnings}).
3293
3294 @opsummary{sparse}
3295 @item --sparse
3296 @itemx -S
3297
3298 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
3299 sparse files efficiently. @xref{sparse}.
3300
3301 @opsummary{sparse-version}
3302 @item --sparse-version=@var{version}
3303
3304 Specifies the @dfn{format version} to use when archiving sparse
3305 files. Implies @option{--sparse}. @xref{sparse}. For the description
3306 of the supported sparse formats, @xref{Sparse Formats}.
3307
3308 @opsummary{starting-file}
3309 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
3310 @itemx -K @var{name}
3311
3312 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
3313 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
3314 @xref{Scarce}.
3315
3316 @opsummary{strip-components}
3317 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
3318 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
3319 extraction. For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
3320 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
3321
3322 @smallexample
3323 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
3324 @end smallexample
3325
3326 @noindent
3327 would extract this file to file @file{name}.
3328
3329 @opsummary{suffix}
3330 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
3331
3332 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
3333 @samp{~}. @xref{backup}.
3334
3335 @opsummary{tape-length}
3336 @item --tape-length=@var{num}[@var{suf}]
3337 @itemx -L @var{num}[@var{suf}]
3338
3339 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
3340 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. If optional @var{suf} is given, it
3341 specifies a multiplicative factor to be used instead of 1024. For
3342 example, @samp{-L2M} means 2 megabytes. @xref{size-suffixes}, for a
3343 list of allowed suffixes. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for a detailed
3344 discussion of this option.
3345
3346 @opsummary{test-label}
3347 @item --test-label
3348
3349 Reads the volume label. If an argument is specified, test whether it
3350 matches the volume label. @xref{--test-label option}.
3351
3352 @opsummary{to-command}
3353 @item --to-command=@var{command}
3354
3355 During extraction @command{tar} will pipe extracted files to the
3356 standard input of @var{command}. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
3357
3358 @opsummary{to-stdout}
3359 @item --to-stdout
3360 @itemx -O
3361
3362 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
3363 than to the file system. @xref{Writing to Standard Output}.
3364
3365 @opsummary{totals}
3366 @item --totals[=@var{signo}]
3367
3368 Displays the total number of bytes transferred when processing an
3369 archive. If an argument is given, these data are displayed on
3370 request, when signal @var{signo} is delivered to @command{tar}.
3371 @xref{totals}.
3372
3373 @opsummary{touch}
3374 @item --touch
3375 @itemx -m
3376
3377 Sets the data modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
3378 rather than the data modification time stored in the archive.
3379 @xref{Data Modification Times}.
3380
3381 @opsummary{transform}
3382 @opsummary{xform}
3383 @item --transform=@var{sed-expr}
3384 @itemx --xform=@var{sed-expr}
3385 Transform file or member names using @command{sed} replacement expression
3386 @var{sed-expr}. For example,
3387
3388 @smallexample
3389 $ @kbd{tar cf archive.tar --transform 's,^\./,usr/,' .}
3390 @end smallexample
3391
3392 @noindent
3393 will add to @file{archive} files from the current working directory,
3394 replacing initial @samp{./} prefix with @samp{usr/}. For the detailed
3395 discussion, @xref{transform}.
3396
3397 To see transformed member names in verbose listings, use
3398 @option{--show-transformed-names} option
3399 (@pxref{show-transformed-names}).
3400
3401 @opsummary{uncompress}
3402 @item --uncompress
3403
3404 (See @option{--compress}, @pxref{gzip})
3405
3406 @opsummary{ungzip}
3407 @item --ungzip
3408
3409 (See @option{--gzip}, @pxref{gzip})
3410
3411 @opsummary{unlink-first}
3412 @item --unlink-first
3413 @itemx -U
3414
3415 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
3416 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Unlink First}.
3417
3418 @opsummary{unquote}
3419 @item --unquote
3420 Enable unquoting input file or member names (default). @xref{input
3421 name quoting}.
3422
3423 @opsummary{use-compress-program}
3424 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
3425 @itemx -I=@var{prog}
3426
3427 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
3428 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @xref{gzip}.
3429
3430 @opsummary{utc}
3431 @item --utc
3432
3433 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
3434 @option{--verbose}.
3435
3436 @opsummary{verbose}
3437 @item --verbose
3438 @itemx -v
3439
3440 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the
3441 operations it is performing. This option can be specified multiple
3442 times for some operations to increase the amount of information displayed.
3443 @xref{verbose}.
3444
3445 @opsummary{verify}
3446 @item --verify
3447 @itemx -W
3448
3449 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
3450 archive. @xref{verify}.
3451
3452 @opsummary{version}
3453 @item --version
3454
3455 Print information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
3456 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
3457 @xref{help}.
3458
3459 @opsummary{volno-file}
3460 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
3461
3462 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will
3463 keep track of which volume of a multi-volume archive it is working in
3464 @var{file}. @xref{volno-file}.
3465
3466 @opsummary{warning}
3467 @item --warning=@var{keyword}
3468
3469 Enable or disable warning messages identified by @var{keyword}. The
3470 messages are suppressed if @var{keyword} is prefixed with @samp{no-}.
3471 @xref{warnings}.
3472
3473 @opsummary{wildcards}
3474 @item --wildcards
3475 Use wildcards when matching member names with patterns.
3476 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3477
3478 @opsummary{wildcards-match-slash}
3479 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3480 Wildcards match @samp{/}.
3481 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3482
3483 @opsummary{xz}
3484 @item --xz
3485 @itemx -J
3486 Use @command{xz} for compressing or decompressing the archives. @xref{gzip}.
3487
3488 @end table
3489
3490 @node Short Option Summary
3491 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3492
3493 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3494 them with the equivalent long option.
3495
3496 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.80
3497 @headitem Short Option @tab Reference
3498
3499 @item -A @tab @ref{--concatenate}.
3500
3501 @item -B @tab @ref{--read-full-records}.
3502
3503 @item -C @tab @ref{--directory}.
3504
3505 @item -F @tab @ref{--info-script}.
3506
3507 @item -G @tab @ref{--incremental}.
3508
3509 @item -J @tab @ref{--xz}.
3510
3511 @item -K @tab @ref{--starting-file}.
3512
3513 @item -L @tab @ref{--tape-length}.
3514
3515 @item -M @tab @ref{--multi-volume}.
3516
3517 @item -N @tab @ref{--newer}.
3518
3519 @item -O @tab @ref{--to-stdout}.
3520
3521 @item -P @tab @ref{--absolute-names}.
3522
3523 @item -R @tab @ref{--block-number}.
3524
3525 @item -S @tab @ref{--sparse}.
3526
3527 @item -T @tab @ref{--files-from}.
3528
3529 @item -U @tab @ref{--unlink-first}.
3530
3531 @item -V @tab @ref{--label}.
3532
3533 @item -W @tab @ref{--verify}.
3534
3535 @item -X @tab @ref{--exclude-from}.
3536
3537 @item -Z @tab @ref{--compress}.
3538
3539 @item -b @tab @ref{--blocking-factor}.
3540
3541 @item -c @tab @ref{--create}.
3542
3543 @item -d @tab @ref{--compare}.
3544
3545 @item -f @tab @ref{--file}.
3546
3547 @item -g @tab @ref{--listed-incremental}.
3548
3549 @item -h @tab @ref{--dereference}.
3550
3551 @item -i @tab @ref{--ignore-zeros}.
3552
3553 @item -j @tab @ref{--bzip2}.
3554
3555 @item -k @tab @ref{--keep-old-files}.
3556
3557 @item -l @tab @ref{--check-links}.
3558
3559 @item -m @tab @ref{--touch}.
3560
3561 @item -o @tab When creating, @ref{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3562 @ref{--portability}.
3563
3564 The latter usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3565 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In future releases
3566 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3567
3568 @item -p @tab @ref{--preserve-permissions}.
3569
3570 @item -r @tab @ref{--append}.
3571
3572 @item -s @tab @ref{--same-order}.
3573
3574 @item -t @tab @ref{--list}.
3575
3576 @item -u @tab @ref{--update}.
3577
3578 @item -v @tab @ref{--verbose}.
3579
3580 @item -w @tab @ref{--interactive}.
3581
3582 @item -x @tab @ref{--extract}.
3583
3584 @item -z @tab @ref{--gzip}.
3585
3586 @end multitable
3587
3588 @node help
3589 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3590
3591 @cindex Getting program version number
3592 @opindex version
3593 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3594 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3595 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @option{--version} option
3596 causes @command{tar} to print information about its name, version,
3597 origin and legal status, all on standard output, and then exit
3598 successfully. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might print:
3599
3600 @smallexample
3601 tar (GNU tar) @value{VERSION}
3602 Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3603 License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
3604 This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
3605 There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
3606
3607 Written by John Gilmore and Jay Fenlason.
3608 @end smallexample
3609
3610 @noindent
3611 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3612 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3613 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3614 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3615 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3616 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3617 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3618 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3619 @option{--version} would not output @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3620 paxutils) 3.2}}.}.
3621
3622 @cindex Obtaining help
3623 @cindex Listing all @command{tar} options
3624 @xopindex{help, introduction}
3625 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3626 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3627 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3628 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3629 @option{--help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3630 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3631 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3632 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3633 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3634 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3635
3636 @smallexample
3637 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3638 @end smallexample
3639
3640 @noindent
3641 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3642 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3643 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3644 @option{--help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3645
3646 @smallexample
3647 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3648 @end smallexample
3649
3650 @noindent
3651 for getting only the pertinent lines. Notice, however, that some
3652 @command{tar} options have long description lines and the above
3653 command will list only the first of them.
3654
3655 The exact look of the option summary displayed by @kbd{tar --help} is
3656 configurable. @xref{Configuring Help Summary}, for a detailed description.
3657
3658 @opindex usage
3659 If you only wish to check the spelling of an option, running @kbd{tar
3660 --usage} may be a better choice. This will display a terse list of
3661 @command{tar} options without accompanying explanations.
3662
3663 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3664 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3665 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3666 form. This manual is available in a variety of forms from
3667 @url{http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual}. It may be printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3668 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3669 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3670 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3671 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3672 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3673 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3674 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3675 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3676 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3677
3678 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3679 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3680 either it does not belong to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3681 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Some package maintainers convert
3682 @kbd{tar --help} output to a man page, using @command{help2man}. In
3683 any case, please bear in mind that the authoritative source of
3684 information about @GNUTAR{} is this Texinfo documentation.
3685
3686 @node defaults
3687 @section Obtaining @GNUTAR{} default values
3688
3689 @opindex show-defaults
3690 @GNUTAR{} has some predefined defaults that are used when you do not
3691 explicitly specify another values. To obtain a list of such
3692 defaults, use @option{--show-defaults} option. This will output the
3693 values in the form of @command{tar} command line options:
3694
3695 @smallexample
3696 @group
3697 $ @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3698 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape
3699 --rmt-command=/etc/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3700 @end group
3701 @end smallexample
3702
3703 @noindent
3704 Notice, that this option outputs only one line. The example output above
3705 has been split to fit page boundaries.
3706
3707 @noindent
3708 The above output shows that this version of @GNUTAR{} defaults to
3709 using @samp{gnu} archive format (@pxref{Formats}), it uses standard
3710 output as the archive, if no @option{--file} option has been given
3711 (@pxref{file tutorial}), the default blocking factor is 20
3712 (@pxref{Blocking Factor}). It also shows the default locations where
3713 @command{tar} will look for @command{rmt} and @command{rsh} binaries.
3714
3715 @node verbose
3716 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3717
3718 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3719 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3720 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3721 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3722 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3723 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3724 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3725 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3726 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3727 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3728 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3729 helpful diagnostic tools.
3730
3731 @cindex Verbose operation
3732 @opindex verbose
3733 Normally, the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) command to list an archive
3734 prints just the file names (one per line) and the other commands are
3735 silent. When used with most operations, the @option{--verbose}
3736 (@option{-v}) option causes @command{tar} to print the name of each
3737 file or archive member as it is processed. This and the other options
3738 which make @command{tar} print status information can be useful in
3739 monitoring @command{tar}.
3740
3741 With @option{--create} or @option{--extract}, @option{--verbose} used
3742 once just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3743 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing
3744 (@xref{verbose member listing}, for the description) for each member.
3745 Since @option{--list} already prints the names of the members,
3746 @option{--verbose} used once with @option{--list} causes @command{tar}
3747 to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files in the archive.
3748 The following examples both extract members with long list output:
3749
3750 @smallexample
3751 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3752 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3753 @end smallexample
3754
3755 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3756 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3757 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cvf -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3758 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3759 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3760
3761 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3762 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3763 error.
3764
3765 @anchor{totals}
3766 @cindex Obtaining total status information
3767 @opindex totals
3768 The @option{--totals} option causes @command{tar} to print on the
3769 standard error the total amount of bytes transferred when processing
3770 an archive. When creating or appending to an archive, this option
3771 prints the number of bytes written to the archive and the average
3772 speed at which they have been written, e.g.:
3773
3774 @smallexample
3775 @group
3776 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --totals /home}
3777 Total bytes written: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 85MiB/s)
3778 @end group
3779 @end smallexample
3780
3781 When reading an archive, this option displays the number of bytes
3782 read:
3783
3784 @smallexample
3785 @group
3786 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar --totals}
3787 Total bytes read: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 95MiB/s)
3788 @end group
3789 @end smallexample
3790
3791 Finally, when deleting from an archive, the @option{--totals} option
3792 displays both numbers plus number of bytes removed from the archive:
3793
3794 @smallexample
3795 @group
3796 $ @kbd{tar --delete -f foo.tar --totals --wildcards '*~'}
3797 Total bytes read: 9543680 (9.2MiB, 201MiB/s)
3798 Total bytes written: 3829760 (3.7MiB, 81MiB/s)
3799 Total bytes deleted: 1474048
3800 @end group
3801 @end smallexample
3802
3803 You can also obtain this information on request. When
3804 @option{--totals} is used with an argument, this argument is
3805 interpreted as a symbolic name of a signal, upon delivery of which the
3806 statistics is to be printed:
3807
3808 @table @option
3809 @item --totals=@var{signo}
3810 Print statistics upon delivery of signal @var{signo}. Valid arguments
3811 are: @code{SIGHUP}, @code{SIGQUIT}, @code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGUSR1} and
3812 @code{SIGUSR2}. Shortened names without @samp{SIG} prefix are also
3813 accepted.
3814 @end table
3815
3816 Both forms of @option{--totals} option can be used simultaneously.
3817 Thus, @kbd{tar -x --totals --totals=USR1} instructs @command{tar} to
3818 extract all members from its default archive and print statistics
3819 after finishing the extraction, as well as when receiving signal
3820 @code{SIGUSR1}.
3821
3822 @anchor{Progress information}
3823 @cindex Progress information
3824 The @option{--checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3825 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. It is designed for
3826 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3827 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}), but do want visual confirmation
3828 that @command{tar} is actually making forward progress. By default it
3829 prints a message each 10 records read or written. This can be changed
3830 by giving it a numeric argument after an equal sign:
3831
3832 @smallexample
3833 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
3834 tar: Write checkpoint 1000
3835 tar: Write checkpoint 2000
3836 tar: Write checkpoint 3000
3837 @end smallexample
3838
3839 This example shows the default checkpoint message used by
3840 @command{tar}. If you place a dot immediately after the equal
3841 sign, it will print a @samp{.} at each checkpoint@footnote{This is
3842 actually a shortcut for @option{--checkpoint=@var{n}
3843 --checkpoint-action=dot}. @xref{checkpoints, dot}.}. For example:
3844
3845 @smallexample
3846 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=.1000} /var
3847 ...
3848 @end smallexample
3849
3850 The @option{--checkpoint} option provides a flexible mechanism for
3851 executing arbitrary actions upon hitting checkpoints, see the next
3852 section (@pxref{checkpoints}), for more information on it.
3853
3854 @opindex show-omitted-dirs
3855 @anchor{show-omitted-dirs}
3856 The @option{--show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3857 @option{--list} or @option{--extract}, for example---causes a message
3858 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3859 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3860 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3861 it might be excluded by the use of the
3862 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option, or some other reason.
3863
3864 @opindex block-number
3865 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3866 @anchor{block-number}
3867 If @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3868 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3869 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3870 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3871 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive is properly terminated
3872 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3873 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3874 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3875 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3876 archive from a pipe.
3877
3878 @cindex Error message, block number of
3879 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3880 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3881 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3882 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3883 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3884 front of the tape). @xref{backup}.
3885
3886 @node checkpoints
3887 @section Checkpoints
3888 @cindex checkpoints, defined
3889 @opindex checkpoint
3890 @opindex checkpoint-action
3891
3892 A @dfn{checkpoint} is a moment of time before writing @var{n}th record to
3893 the archive (a @dfn{write checkpoint}), or before reading @var{n}th record
3894 from the archive (a @dfn{read checkpoint}). Checkpoints allow to
3895 periodically execute arbitrary actions.
3896
3897 The checkpoint facility is enabled using the following option:
3898
3899 @table @option
3900 @xopindex{checkpoint, defined}
3901 @item --checkpoint[=@var{n}]
3902 Schedule checkpoints before writing or reading each @var{n}th record.
3903 The default value for @var{n} is 10.
3904 @end table
3905
3906 A list of arbitrary @dfn{actions} can be executed at each checkpoint.
3907 These actions include: pausing, displaying textual messages, and
3908 executing arbitrary external programs. Actions are defined using
3909 the @option{--checkpoint-action} option.
3910
3911 @table @option
3912 @xopindex{checkpoint-action, defined}
3913 @item --checkpoint-action=@var{action}
3914 Execute an @var{action} at each checkpoint.
3915 @end table
3916
3917 @cindex @code{echo}, checkpoint action
3918 The simplest value of @var{action} is @samp{echo}. It instructs
3919 @command{tar} to display the default message on the standard error
3920 stream upon arriving at each checkpoint. The default message is (in
3921 @acronym{POSIX} locale) @samp{Write checkpoint @var{n}}, for write
3922 checkpoints, and @samp{Read checkpoint @var{n}}, for read checkpoints.
3923 Here, @var{n} represents ordinal number of the checkpoint.
3924
3925 In another locales, translated versions of this message are used.
3926
3927 This is the default action, so running:
3928
3929 @smallexample
3930 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=echo} /var
3931 @end smallexample
3932
3933 @noindent
3934 is equivalent to:
3935
3936 @smallexample
3937 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
3938 @end smallexample
3939
3940 The @samp{echo} action also allows to supply a customized message.
3941 You do so by placing an equals sign and the message right after it,
3942 e.g.:
3943
3944 @smallexample
3945 --checkpoint-action="echo=Hit %s checkpoint #%u"
3946 @end smallexample
3947
3948 The @samp{%s} and @samp{%u} in the above example are
3949 @dfn{meta-characters}. The @samp{%s} meta-character is replaced with
3950 the @dfn{type} of the checkpoint: @samp{write} or
3951 @samp{read} (or a corresponding translated version in locales other
3952 than @acronym{POSIX}). The @samp{%u} meta-character is replaced with
3953 the ordinal number of the checkpoint. Thus, the above example could
3954 produce the following output when used with the @option{--create}
3955 option:
3956
3957 @smallexample
3958 tar: Hit write checkpoint #10
3959 tar: Hit write checkpoint #20
3960 tar: Hit write checkpoint #30
3961 @end smallexample
3962
3963 Aside from meta-character expansion, the message string is subject to
3964 @dfn{unquoting}, during which the backslash @dfn{escape sequences} are
3965 replaced with their corresponding @acronym{ASCII} characters
3966 (@pxref{escape sequences}). E.g. the following action will produce an
3967 audible bell and the message described above at each checkpoint:
3968
3969 @smallexample
3970 --checkpoint-action='echo=\aHit %s checkpoint #%u'
3971 @end smallexample
3972
3973 @cindex @code{bell}, checkpoint action
3974 There is also a special action which produces an audible signal:
3975 @samp{bell}. It is not equivalent to @samp{echo='\a'}, because
3976 @samp{bell} sends the bell directly to the console (@file{/dev/tty}),
3977 whereas @samp{echo='\a'} sends it to the standard error.
3978
3979 @cindex @code{ttyout}, checkpoint action
3980 The @samp{ttyout=@var{string}} action outputs @var{string} to
3981 @file{/dev/tty}, so it can be used even if the standard output is
3982 redirected elsewhere. The @var{string} is subject to the same
3983 modifications as with @samp{echo} action. In contrast to the latter,
3984 @samp{ttyout} does not prepend @command{tar} executable name to the
3985 string, nor does it output a newline after it. For example, the
3986 following action will print the checkpoint message at the same screen
3987 line, overwriting any previous message:
3988
3989 @smallexample
3990 --checkpoint-action="ttyout=\rHit %s checkpoint #%u"
3991 @end smallexample
3992
3993 @cindex @code{dot}, checkpoint action
3994 Another available checkpoint action is @samp{dot} (or @samp{.}). It
3995 instructs @command{tar} to print a single dot on the standard listing
3996 stream, e.g.:
3997
3998 @smallexample
3999 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=dot} /var
4000 ...
4001 @end smallexample
4002
4003 For compatibility with previous @GNUTAR{} versions, this action can
4004 be abbreviated by placing a dot in front of the checkpoint frequency,
4005 as shown in the previous section.
4006
4007 @cindex @code{sleep}, checkpoint action
4008 Yet another action, @samp{sleep}, pauses @command{tar} for a specified
4009 amount of seconds. The following example will stop for 30 seconds at each
4010 checkpoint:
4011
4012 @smallexample
4013 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=sleep=30}
4014 @end smallexample
4015
4016 @anchor{checkpoint exec}
4017 @cindex @code{exec}, checkpoint action
4018 Finally, the @code{exec} action executes a given external command.
4019 For example:
4020
4021 @smallexample
4022 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=exec=/sbin/cpoint}
4023 @end smallexample
4024
4025 The supplied command can be any valid command invocation, with or
4026 without additional command line arguments. If it does contain
4027 arguments, don't forget to quote it to prevent it from being split by
4028 the shell. @xref{external, Running External Commands}, for more detail.
4029
4030 The command gets a copy of @command{tar}'s environment plus the
4031 following variables:
4032
4033 @table @env
4034 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, checkpoint script environment
4035 @item TAR_VERSION
4036 @GNUTAR{} version number.
4037
4038 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, checkpoint script environment
4039 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
4040 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
4041
4042 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, checkpoint script environment
4043 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
4044 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
4045
4046 @vrindex TAR_CHECKPOINT, checkpoint script environment
4047 @item TAR_CHECKPOINT
4048 Number of the checkpoint.
4049
4050 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, checkpoint script environment
4051 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
4052 A short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing.
4053 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
4054
4055 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, checkpoint script environment
4056 @item TAR_FORMAT
4057 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
4058 list of archive format names.
4059 @end table
4060
4061 These environment variables can also be passed as arguments to the
4062 command, provided that they are properly escaped, for example:
4063
4064 @smallexample
4065 @kbd{tar -c -f arc.tar \
4066 --checkpoint-action='exec=/sbin/cpoint $TAR_FILENAME'}
4067 @end smallexample
4068
4069 @noindent
4070 Notice single quotes to prevent variable names from being expanded by
4071 the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
4072
4073 Any number of actions can be defined, by supplying several
4074 @option{--checkpoint-action} options in the command line. For
4075 example, the command below displays two messages, pauses
4076 execution for 30 seconds and executes the @file{/sbin/cpoint} script:
4077
4078 @example
4079 @group
4080 $ @kbd{tar -c -f arc.tar \
4081 --checkpoint-action='\aecho=Hit %s checkpoint #%u' \
4082 --checkpoint-action='echo=Sleeping for 30 seconds' \
4083 --checkpoint-action='sleep=30' \
4084 --checkpoint-action='exec=/sbin/cpoint'}
4085 @end group
4086 @end example
4087
4088 This example also illustrates the fact that
4089 @option{--checkpoint-action} can be used without
4090 @option{--checkpoint}. In this case, the default checkpoint frequency
4091 (at each 10th record) is assumed.
4092
4093 @node warnings
4094 @section Controlling Warning Messages
4095
4096 Sometimes, while performing the requested task, @GNUTAR{} notices
4097 some conditions that are not exactly errors, but which the user
4098 should be aware of. When this happens, @command{tar} issues a
4099 @dfn{warning message} describing the condition. Warning messages
4100 are output to the standard error and they do not affect the exit
4101 code of @command{tar} command.
4102
4103 @xopindex{warning, explained}
4104 @GNUTAR{} allows the user to suppress some or all of its warning
4105 messages:
4106
4107 @table @option
4108 @item --warning=@var{keyword}
4109 Control display of the warning messages identified by @var{keyword}.
4110 If @var{keyword} starts with the prefix @samp{no-}, such messages are
4111 suppressed. Otherwise, they are enabled.
4112
4113 Multiple @option{--warning} messages accumulate.
4114
4115 The tables below list allowed values for @var{keyword} along with the
4116 warning messages they control.
4117 @end table
4118
4119 @subheading Keywords controlling @command{tar} operation
4120 @table @asis
4121 @kwindex all
4122 @item all
4123 Enable all warning messages. This is the default.
4124 @kwindex none
4125 @item none
4126 Disable all warning messages.
4127 @kwindex filename-with-nuls
4128 @cindex @samp{file name read contains nul character}, warning message
4129 @item filename-with-nuls
4130 @samp{%s: file name read contains nul character}
4131 @kwindex alone-zero-block
4132 @cindex @samp{A lone zero block at}, warning message
4133 @item alone-zero-block
4134 @samp{A lone zero block at %s}
4135 @end table
4136
4137 @subheading Keywords applicable for @command{tar --create}
4138 @table @asis
4139 @kwindex cachedir
4140 @cindex @samp{contains a cache directory tag}, warning message
4141 @item cachedir
4142 @samp{%s: contains a cache directory tag %s; %s}
4143 @kwindex file-shrank
4144 @cindex @samp{File shrank by %s bytes}, warning message
4145 @item file-shrank
4146 @samp{%s: File shrank by %s bytes; padding with zeros}
4147 @kwindex xdev
4148 @cindex @samp{file is on a different filesystem}, warning message
4149 @item xdev
4150 @samp{%s: file is on a different filesystem; not dumped}
4151 @kwindex file-ignored
4152 @cindex @samp{Unknown file type; file ignored}, warning message
4153 @cindex @samp{socket ignored}, warning message
4154 @cindex @samp{door ignored}, warning message
4155 @item file-ignored
4156 @samp{%s: Unknown file type; file ignored}
4157 @*@samp{%s: socket ignored}
4158 @*@samp{%s: door ignored}
4159 @kwindex file-unchanged
4160 @cindex @samp{file is unchanged; not dumped}, warning message
4161 @item file-unchanged
4162 @samp{%s: file is unchanged; not dumped}
4163 @kwindex ignore-archive
4164 @cindex @samp{file is the archive; not dumped}, warning message
4165 @kwindex ignore-archive
4166 @cindex @samp{file is the archive; not dumped}, warning message
4167 @item ignore-archive
4168 @samp{%s: file is the archive; not dumped}
4169 @kwindex file-removed
4170 @cindex @samp{File removed before we read it}, warning message
4171 @item file-removed
4172 @samp{%s: File removed before we read it}
4173 @kwindex file-changed
4174 @cindex @samp{file changed as we read it}, warning message
4175 @item file-changed
4176 @samp{%s: file changed as we read it}
4177 @end table
4178
4179 @subheading Keywords applicable for @command{tar --extract}
4180 @table @asis
4181 @kwindex timestamp
4182 @cindex @samp{implausibly old time stamp %s}, warning message
4183 @cindex @samp{time stamp %s is %s s in the future}, warning message
4184 @item timestamp
4185 @samp{%s: implausibly old time stamp %s}
4186 @*@samp{%s: time stamp %s is %s s in the future}
4187 @kwindex contiguous-cast
4188 @cindex @samp{Extracting contiguous files as regular files}, warning message
4189 @item contiguous-cast
4190 @samp{Extracting contiguous files as regular files}
4191 @kwindex symlink-cast
4192 @cindex @samp{Attempting extraction of symbolic links as hard links}, warning message
4193 @item symlink-cast
4194 @samp{Attempting extraction of symbolic links as hard links}
4195 @kwindex unknown-cast
4196 @cindex @samp{Unknown file type '%c', extracted as normal file}, warning message
4197 @item unknown-cast
4198 @samp{%s: Unknown file type '%c', extracted as normal file}
4199 @kwindex ignore-newer
4200 @cindex @samp{Current %s is newer or same age}, warning message
4201 @item ignore-newer
4202 @samp{Current %s is newer or same age}
4203 @kwindex unknown-keyword
4204 @cindex @samp{Ignoring unknown extended header keyword '%s'}, warning message
4205 @item unknown-keyword
4206 @samp{Ignoring unknown extended header keyword '%s'}
4207 @kwindex decompress-program
4208 @item decompress-program
4209 Controls verbose description of failures occurring when trying to run
4210 alternative decompressor programs (@pxref{alternative decompression
4211 programs}). This warning is disabled by default (unless
4212 @option{--verbose} is used). A common example of what you can get
4213 when using this warning is:
4214
4215 @smallexample
4216 $ @kbd{tar --warning=decompress-program -x -f archive.Z}
4217 tar (child): cannot run compress: No such file or directory
4218 tar (child): trying gzip
4219 @end smallexample
4220
4221 This means that @command{tar} first tried to decompress
4222 @file{archive.Z} using @command{compress}, and, when that
4223 failed, switched to @command{gzip}.
4224 @end table
4225
4226 @subheading Keywords controlling incremental extraction:
4227 @table @asis
4228 @kwindex rename-directory
4229 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed from %s}, warning message
4230 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed}, warning message
4231 @item rename-directory
4232 @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed from %s}
4233 @*@samp{%s: Directory has been renamed}
4234 @kwindex new-directory
4235 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory is new}, warning message
4236 @item new-directory
4237 @samp{%s: Directory is new}
4238 @kwindex xdev
4239 @cindex @samp{%s: directory is on a different device: not purging}, warning message
4240 @item xdev
4241 @samp{%s: directory is on a different device: not purging}
4242 @kwindex bad-dumpdir
4243 @cindex @samp{Malformed dumpdir: 'X' never used}, warning message
4244 @item bad-dumpdir
4245 @samp{Malformed dumpdir: 'X' never used}
4246 @end table
4247
4248 @node interactive
4249 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
4250 @cindex Interactive operation
4251
4252 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
4253 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
4254 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
4255 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
4256 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
4257 an operation interactively, using the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option.
4258 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
4259
4260 @opindex interactive
4261 When the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option is specified, before
4262 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
4263 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
4264 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
4265 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
4266 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
4267 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
4268 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
4269 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
4270
4271 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
4272 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
4273 communications.
4274
4275 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
4276 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
4277 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
4278 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
4279 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
4280 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
4281 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
4282 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
4283 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
4284 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
4285 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
4286
4287 @node external
4288 @section Running External Commands
4289
4290 Certain @GNUTAR{} operations imply running external commands that you
4291 supply on the command line. One of such operations is checkpointing,
4292 described above (@pxref{checkpoint exec}). Another example of this
4293 feature is the @option{-I} option, which allows you to supply the
4294 program to use for compressing or decompressing the archive
4295 (@pxref{use-compress-program}).
4296
4297 Whenever such operation is requested, @command{tar} first splits the
4298 supplied command into words much like the shell does. It then treats
4299 the first word as the name of the program or the shell script to execute
4300 and the rest of words as its command line arguments. The program,
4301 unless given as an absolute file name, is searched in the shell's
4302 @env{PATH}.
4303
4304 Any additional information is normally supplied to external commands
4305 in environment variables, specific to each particular operation. For
4306 example, the @option{--checkpoint-action=exec} option, defines the
4307 @env{TAR_ARCHIVE} variable to the name of the archive being worked
4308 upon. You can, should the need be, use these variables in the
4309 command line of the external command. For example:
4310
4311 @smallexample
4312 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar \
4313 --checkpoint=exec='printf "%04d in %32s\r" $TAR_CHECKPOINT $TAR_ARCHIVE'}
4314 @end smallexample
4315
4316 @noindent
4317 This command prints for each checkpoint its number and the name of the
4318 archive, using the same output line on the screen.
4319
4320 Notice the use of single quotes to prevent variable names from being
4321 expanded by the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
4322
4323 @node operations
4324 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
4325
4326 @menu
4327 * Basic tar::
4328 * Advanced tar::
4329 * create options::
4330 * extract options::
4331 * backup::
4332 * Applications::
4333 * looking ahead::
4334 @end menu
4335
4336 @node Basic tar
4337 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
4338
4339 The basic @command{tar} operations, @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
4340 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) and @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
4341 @option{-x}), are currently presented and described in the tutorial
4342 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
4343 for these operations.
4344
4345 @table @option
4346 @xopindex{create, complementary notes}
4347 @item --create
4348 @itemx -c
4349
4350 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
4351 initialize an empty archive and later use @option{--append}
4352 (@option{-r}) for adding all members. Some applications would not
4353 welcome making an exception in the way of adding the first archive
4354 member. On the other hand, many people reported that it is
4355 dangerously too easy for @command{tar} to destroy a magnetic tape with
4356 an empty archive@footnote{This is well described in @cite{Unix-haters
4357 Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG
4358 Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most common errors are:
4359
4360 @enumerate
4361 @item
4362 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
4363 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
4364 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
4365 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
4366 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
4367 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
4368
4369 @item
4370 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
4371 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
4372 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
4373 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
4374 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
4375 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
4376 @end enumerate
4377
4378 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophic nature of these
4379 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
4380 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @option{--create} option is
4381 given, there are no arguments besides options, and
4382 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}) option is @emph{not} used. To get
4383 around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{} and nevertheless create an
4384 archive with nothing in it, one may still use, as the value for the
4385 @option{--files-from} option, a file with no names in it, as shown in
4386 the following commands:
4387
4388 @smallexample
4389 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
4390 @kbd{tar -cf empty-archive.tar -T /dev/null}
4391 @end smallexample
4392
4393 @xopindex{extract, complementary notes}
4394 @item --extract
4395 @itemx --get
4396 @itemx -x
4397
4398 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
4399
4400 @item @option{--list} (@option{-t})
4401
4402 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
4403 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. Preferably,
4404 people should get used to ISO 8601 dates. Local American dates should
4405 be made available again with full date localization support, once
4406 ready. In the meantime, programs not being localizable for dates
4407 should prefer international dates, that's really the way to go.
4408
4409 Look up @url{http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/@/~mgk25/@/iso-time.html} if you
4410 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
4411
4412 @end table
4413
4414 @node Advanced tar
4415 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
4416
4417 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
4418 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
4419
4420 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
4421 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
4422 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
4423 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
4424 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
4425 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
4426 error correction in special circumstances.
4427
4428 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
4429 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
4430
4431 @menu
4432 * Operations::
4433 * append::
4434 * update::
4435 * concatenate::
4436 * delete::
4437 * compare::
4438 @end menu
4439
4440 @node Operations
4441 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
4442
4443 @cindex basic operations
4444 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
4445 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
4446 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
4447 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
4448
4449 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
4450 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
4451 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
4452 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
4453 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
4454 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
4455 and the two archive files you created are
4456 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
4457
4458 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
4459 @samp{bfiles.tar}. The archive @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
4460 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}; @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
4461 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
4462
4463 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
4464 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
4465 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
4466 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
4467 where the last chapter left them.)
4468
4469 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
4470
4471 @table @option
4472 @item --append
4473 @itemx -r
4474 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
4475 @item --update
4476 @itemx -u
4477 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
4478 they exist.
4479 @item --concatenate
4480 @itemx --catenate
4481 @itemx -A
4482 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
4483 @item --delete
4484 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
4485 @item --compare
4486 @itemx --diff
4487 @itemx -d
4488 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
4489 @end table
4490
4491 @node append
4492 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
4493
4494 @cindex appending files to existing archive
4495 @opindex append
4496 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
4497 create a new archive; you can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}).
4498 The archive must already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A
4499 related operation is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this
4500 to add newer versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
4501 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
4502
4503 If you use @option{--append} to add a file that has the same name as an
4504 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
4505 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
4506 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
4507 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
4508 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
4509 view an archive with @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you will see all
4510 of those members listed, with their data modification times, owners, etc.
4511
4512 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
4513 prefer; if you were to use @option{--extract} to extract the archive,
4514 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as
4515 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
4516 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
4517 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
4518 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
4519 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
4520 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
4521 @option{--keep-old-files} (or @option{--skip-old-files}) option, or
4522 the disk copy is newer than the one in the archive and you invoke
4523 @command{tar} with @option{--keep-newer-files} option.}. Thus, only
4524 the most recently archived member will end up being extracted, as it
4525 will replace the one extracted before it, and so on.
4526
4527 @cindex extracting @var{n}th copy of the file
4528 @xopindex{occurrence, described}
4529 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
4530 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
4531 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
4532 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
4533 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
4534 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
4535 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
4536 the command
4537
4538 @smallexample
4539 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
4540 @end smallexample
4541
4542 @noindent
4543 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option
4544 Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @option{--occurrence}
4545 option.
4546
4547 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
4548 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
4549
4550 There are a few ways to get around this. Xref to Multiple Members
4551 with the Same Name, maybe.}
4552
4553 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
4554 @cindex Replacing members with other members
4555 @xopindex{delete, using before --append}
4556 If you want to replace an archive member, use @option{--delete} to
4557 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, and then use
4558 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
4559 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
4560 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
4561 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
4562 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
4563 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
4564
4565 @menu
4566 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
4567 * multiple::
4568 @end menu
4569
4570 @node appending files
4571 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
4572 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
4573 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
4574 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
4575 @opindex append
4576
4577 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
4578 @option{--append} (@option{-r}) operation, which writes specified
4579 files into the archive whether or not they are already among the
4580 archived files.
4581
4582 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
4583 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
4584 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
4585 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
4586 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
4587 command line. The @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option will print
4588 out the names of the files as they are written into the archive.
4589
4590 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
4591 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
4592 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
4593 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
4594
4595 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
4596 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
4597 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
4598 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
4599 @file{collection.tar}:
4600
4601 @smallexample
4602 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
4603 @end smallexample
4604
4605 @noindent
4606 If you now use the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) operation, you will see that
4607 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
4608
4609 @smallexample
4610 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4611 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4612 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4613 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4614 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4615 @end smallexample
4616
4617 @node multiple
4618 @subsubsection Multiple Members with the Same Name
4619 @cindex members, multiple
4620 @cindex multiple members
4621
4622 You can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) to add copies of files
4623 which have been updated since the archive was created. (However, we
4624 do not recommend doing this since there is another @command{tar}
4625 option called @option{--update}; @xref{update}, for more information.
4626 We describe this use of @option{--append} here for the sake of
4627 completeness.) When you extract the archive, the older version will
4628 be effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
4629 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
4630 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
4631 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the
4632 older version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete
4633 all versions of the file.
4634
4635 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
4636 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
4637 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
4638 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
4639 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
4640 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
4641 newer version when it is extracted.
4642
4643 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
4644 archive in this way:
4645
4646 @smallexample
4647 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
4648 blues
4649 @end smallexample
4650
4651 @noindent
4652 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
4653 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
4654 list the contents of the archive:
4655
4656 @smallexample
4657 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
4658 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4659 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4660 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4661 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4662 -rw-r--r-- me/user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
4663 @end smallexample
4664
4665 @noindent
4666 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
4667 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
4668 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
4669 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
4670 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
4671
4672 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
4673 from the archive, use @option{--occurrence} option, as shown in
4674 the following example:
4675
4676 @smallexample
4677 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
4678 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4679 @end smallexample
4680
4681 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @option{--extract} and
4682 see @ref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for a description of
4683 @option{--occurrence} option.
4684
4685 @node update
4686 @subsection Updating an Archive
4687 @cindex Updating an archive
4688 @opindex update
4689
4690 In the previous section, you learned how to use @option{--append} to
4691 add a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
4692 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). The @option{--update} operation
4693 updates a @command{tar} archive by comparing the date of the specified
4694 archive members against the date of the file with the same name. If
4695 the file has been modified more recently than the archive member, then
4696 the newer version of the file is added to the archive (as with
4697 @option{--append}).
4698
4699 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
4700 The operation will fail.
4701
4702 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
4703 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
4704
4705 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
4706 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
4707 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
4708 the @option{--backup} option. @xref{multiple}, for a detailed discussion.
4709
4710 @menu
4711 * how to update::
4712 @end menu
4713
4714 @node how to update
4715 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
4716 @opindex update
4717
4718 You must use file name arguments with the @option{--update}
4719 (@option{-u}) operation. If you don't specify any files,
4720 @command{tar} won't act on any files and won't tell you that it didn't
4721 do anything (which may end up confusing you).
4722
4723 @c note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
4724 @c behavior just confused the author. :-)
4725
4726 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
4727 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
4728 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
4729 the @samp{update} operation and the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v})
4730 option specified, using the names of all the files in the @file{practice}
4731 directory as file name arguments:
4732
4733 @smallexample
4734 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
4735 blues
4736 classical
4737 $
4738 @end smallexample
4739
4740 @noindent
4741 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
4742 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
4743 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
4744 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
4745 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
4746 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
4747 updating it.
4748
4749 The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
4750 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
4751 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
4752 information about tapes.
4753
4754 @option{--update} (@option{-u}) is not suitable for performing backups for two
4755 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
4756 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
4757 options intended specifically for backups are more
4758 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
4759
4760 @node concatenate
4761 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
4762
4763 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
4764 @cindex Concatenating Archives
4765 @opindex concatenate
4766 @opindex catenate
4767 @c @cindex @option{-A} described
4768 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
4769 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
4770 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
4771 @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate}, @option{-A}) operation.
4772
4773 To use @option{--concatenate}, give the first archive with
4774 @option{--file} option and name the rest of archives to be
4775 concatenated on the command line. The members, and their member
4776 names, will be copied verbatim from those archives to the first
4777 one@footnote{This can cause multiple members to have the same name. For
4778 information on how this affects reading the archive, see @ref{multiple}.}.
4779 The new, concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the
4780 one given with the @option{--file} option. As usual, if you omit
4781 @option{--file}, @command{tar} will use the value of the environment
4782 variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the default archive name.
4783
4784 @FIXME{There is no way to specify a new name...}
4785
4786 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
4787 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
4788 files from @file{practice}:
4789
4790 @smallexample
4791 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
4792 blues
4793 rock
4794 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
4795 folk
4796 jazz
4797 @end smallexample
4798
4799 @noindent
4800 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
4801 contain what they are supposed to:
4802
4803 @smallexample
4804 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
4805 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
4806 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
4807 $ @kbd{tar -tvf jazzfolk.tar}
4808 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4809 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
4810 @end smallexample
4811
4812 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
4813
4814 @smallexample
4815 $ @kbd{cd ..}
4816 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
4817 @end smallexample
4818
4819 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesrock.tar}, you will see
4820 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
4821
4822 @smallexample
4823 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
4824 blues
4825 rock
4826 folk
4827 jazz
4828 @end smallexample
4829
4830 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
4831 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
4832 parameters. Notice, that @command{tar} does not check whether the
4833 archives it concatenates have compatible formats, it does not
4834 even check if the files are really tar archives.
4835
4836 Like @option{--append} (@option{-r}), this operation cannot be performed on some
4837 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
4838
4839 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
4840 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
4841 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
4842 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
4843 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
4844
4845 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
4846 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
4847 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
4848 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
4849 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
4850 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
4851 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
4852 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
4853 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
4854 @command{cat} shell utility.
4855
4856 @node delete
4857 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
4858 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
4859 @cindex Removing files from an archive
4860
4861 @opindex delete
4862 You can remove members from an archive by using the @option{--delete}
4863 option. Specify the name of the archive with @option{--file}
4864 (@option{-f}) and then specify the names of the members to be deleted;
4865 if you list no member names, nothing will be deleted. The
4866 @option{--verbose} option will cause @command{tar} to print the names
4867 of the members as they are deleted. As with @option{--extract}, you
4868 must give the exact member names when using @samp{tar --delete}.
4869 @option{--delete} will remove all versions of the named file from the
4870 archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run very slowly.
4871
4872 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
4873
4874 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
4875 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
4876 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
4877 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
4878 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
4879 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
4880 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
4881 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
4882 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
4883 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
4884
4885 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
4886 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
4887 are in that directory, and then,
4888
4889 @smallexample
4890 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4891 blues
4892 folk
4893 jazz
4894 rock
4895 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
4896 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4897 folk
4898 jazz
4899 rock
4900 @end smallexample
4901
4902 @FIXME{Check if the above listing is actually produced after running
4903 all the examples on collection.tar.}
4904
4905 The @option{--delete} option has been reported to work properly when
4906 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
4907
4908 @node compare
4909 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
4910 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
4911
4912 @opindex compare
4913 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
4914 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
4915 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
4916 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
4917 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
4918 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
4919 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
4920
4921 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
4922 archive with a non-default record size.
4923
4924 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
4925 corresponding members in the archive.
4926
4927 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
4928 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
4929 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
4930 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
4931
4932 @smallexample
4933 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
4934 rock
4935 blues
4936 tar: funk not found in archive
4937 @end smallexample
4938
4939 The spirit behind the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
4940 @option{-d}) option is to check whether the archive represents the
4941 current state of files on disk, more than validating the integrity of
4942 the archive media. For this latter goal, see @ref{verify}.
4943
4944 @node create options
4945 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
4946
4947 @xopindex{create, additional options}
4948 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
4949 @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to create an archive from a set of files.
4950 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
4951 @option{--create}.
4952
4953 @menu
4954 * override:: Overriding File Metadata.
4955 * Ignore Failed Read::
4956 @end menu
4957
4958 @node override
4959 @subsection Overriding File Metadata
4960
4961 As described above, a @command{tar} archive keeps, for each member it contains,
4962 its @dfn{metadata}, such as modification time, mode and ownership of
4963 the file. @GNUTAR{} allows to replace these data with other values
4964 when adding files to the archive. The options described in this
4965 section affect creation of archives of any type. For POSIX archives,
4966 see also @ref{PAX keywords}, for additional ways of controlling
4967 metadata, stored in the archive.
4968
4969 @table @option
4970 @opindex mode
4971 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
4972
4973 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
4974 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
4975 from the files. @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
4976 number or as symbolic permissions, like with
4977 @command{chmod} (@xref{File permissions, Permissions, File
4978 permissions, fileutils, @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference
4979 also has useful information for those not being overly familiar with
4980 the UNIX permission system). Using latter syntax allows for
4981 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
4982 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
4983 or on any other file already marked as executable:
4984
4985 @smallexample
4986 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mode='a+rw' .}
4987 @end smallexample
4988
4989 @item --mtime=@var{date}
4990 @opindex mtime
4991
4992 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
4993 the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
4994 their actual modification times. The argument @var{date} can be
4995 either a textual date representation in almost arbitrary format
4996 (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a name of an existing file, starting
4997 with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the latter case, the modification time
4998 of that file will be used.
4999
5000 The following example will set the modification date to 00:00:00,
5001 January 1, 1970:
5002
5003 @smallexample
5004 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mtime='1970-01-01' .}
5005 @end smallexample
5006
5007 @noindent
5008 When used with @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{}
5009 will try to convert the specified date back to its textual
5010 representation and compare it with the one given with
5011 @option{--mtime} options. If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
5012 print a warning saying what date it will use. This is to help user
5013 ensure he is using the right date.
5014
5015 For example:
5016
5017 @smallexample
5018 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -v --mtime=yesterday .}
5019 tar: Option --mtime: Treating date 'yesterday' as 2006-06-20
5020 13:06:29.152478
5021 @dots{}
5022 @end smallexample
5023
5024 @item --owner=@var{user}
5025 @opindex owner
5026
5027 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
5028 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
5029 file.
5030
5031 If @var{user} contains a colon, it is taken to be of the form
5032 @var{name}:@var{id} where a nonempty @var{name} specifies the user
5033 name and a nonempty @var{id} specifies the decimal numeric user
5034 @acronym{ID}. If @var{user} does not contain a colon, it is taken to
5035 be a user number if it is one or more decimal digits; otherwise it is
5036 taken to be a user name.
5037
5038 If a name is given but no number, the number is inferred from the
5039 current host's user database if possible, and the file's user number
5040 is used otherwise. If a number is given but no name, the name is
5041 inferred from the number if possible, and an empty name is used
5042 otherwise. If both name and number are given, the user database is
5043 not consulted, and the name and number need not be valid on the
5044 current host.
5045
5046 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
5047 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
5048 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
5049 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous
5050 archives. For example:
5051
5052 @smallexample
5053 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=0 .}
5054 @end smallexample
5055
5056 @noindent
5057 or:
5058
5059 @smallexample
5060 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=root .}
5061 @end smallexample
5062
5063 @item --group=@var{group}
5064 @opindex group
5065
5066 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
5067 rather than the group from the source file. As with @option{--owner},
5068 the argument @var{group} can be an existing group symbolic name, or a
5069 decimal numeric group @acronym{ID}, or @var{name}:@var{id}.
5070 @end table
5071
5072 @node Ignore Failed Read
5073 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
5074
5075 @table @option
5076 @item --ignore-failed-read
5077 @opindex ignore-failed-read
5078 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
5079 @end table
5080
5081 @node extract options
5082 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
5083 @cindex options for use with @option{--extract}
5084
5085 @xopindex{extract, additional options}
5086 The previous chapter showed how to use @option{--extract} to extract
5087 an archive into the file system. Various options cause @command{tar} to
5088 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
5089 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
5090 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
5091 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
5092 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
5093 @option{--extract} operation.
5094
5095 @menu
5096 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
5097 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
5098 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
5099 @end menu
5100
5101 @node Reading
5102 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
5103 @cindex Options when reading archives
5104
5105 @cindex Reading incomplete records
5106 @cindex Records, incomplete
5107 @opindex read-full-records
5108 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
5109 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
5110 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
5111 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
5112 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
5113 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
5114 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option
5115 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} or @option{--list} operations.
5116 @xref{Blocking}.
5117
5118 The @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option is turned on by default when
5119 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
5120 machine. This is because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, attempting to read a
5121 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
5122 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
5123 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
5124
5125 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
5126 read the archive by specifying @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) and
5127 @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
5128 @var{512-size}}), using a blocking factor larger than what the archive
5129 uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
5130 of an archive. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
5131
5132 @menu
5133 * read full records::
5134 * Ignore Zeros::
5135 @end menu
5136
5137 @node read full records
5138 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
5139
5140 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
5141
5142 @table @option
5143 @opindex read-full-records
5144 @item --read-full-records
5145 @item -B
5146 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
5147 @option{-x}) to read an archive which contains incomplete records, or
5148 one which has a blocking factor less than the one specified.
5149 @end table
5150
5151 @node Ignore Zeros
5152 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
5153
5154 @cindex End-of-archive blocks, ignoring
5155 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive blocks
5156 @opindex ignore-zeros
5157 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
5158 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
5159 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) allows @command{tar} to
5160 completely read an archive which contains a block of zeros before the
5161 end (i.e., a damaged archive, or one that was created by concatenating
5162 several archives together).
5163
5164 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option is turned off by default because many
5165 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
5166 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
5167 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
5168 maintain compatibility among archiving utilities.
5169
5170 @table @option
5171 @item --ignore-zeros
5172 @itemx -i
5173 To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
5174 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
5175 @option{--extract} or @option{--list}.
5176 @end table
5177
5178 @node Writing
5179 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
5180 @UNREVISED
5181
5182 @FIXME{Introductory paragraph}
5183
5184 @menu
5185 * Dealing with Old Files::
5186 * Overwrite Old Files::
5187 * Keep Old Files::
5188 * Keep Newer Files::
5189 * Unlink First::
5190 * Recursive Unlink::
5191 * Data Modification Times::
5192 * Setting Access Permissions::
5193 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
5194 * Writing to Standard Output::
5195 * Writing to an External Program::
5196 * remove files::
5197 @end menu
5198
5199 @node Dealing with Old Files
5200 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
5201
5202 @xopindex{overwrite-dir, introduced}
5203 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
5204 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
5205 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
5206 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
5207 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
5208 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
5209 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
5210 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
5211 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
5212
5213 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
5214 @xopindex{keep-old-files, introduced}
5215 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
5216 the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) option. It causes
5217 @command{tar} to refuse to replace or update a file that already
5218 exists, i.e., a file with the same name as an archive member prevents
5219 extraction of that archive member. Instead, it reports an error. For
5220 example:
5221
5222 @example
5223 $ @kbd{ls}
5224 blues
5225 $ @kbd{tar -x -k -f archive.tar}
5226 tar: blues: Cannot open: File exists
5227 tar: Exiting with failure status due to previous errors
5228 @end example
5229
5230 @xopindex{skip-old-files, introduced}
5231 If you wish to preserve old files untouched, but don't want
5232 @command{tar} to treat them as errors, use the
5233 @option{--skip-old-files} option. This option causes @command{tar} to
5234 silently skip extracting over existing files.
5235
5236 @xopindex{overwrite, introduced}
5237 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
5238 @option{--overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
5239 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
5240
5241 @cindex Protecting old files
5242 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
5243 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
5244 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
5245 state of the file system when the archive was created. It is debatable
5246 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
5247 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
5248 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
5249 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
5250 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
5251 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
5252 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
5253 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
5254 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
5255 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
5256 example, but @emph{only if} @option{--recursive-unlink} is specified
5257 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
5258 removed.
5259
5260 @xopindex{unlink-first, introduced}
5261 Finally, the @option{--unlink-first} (@option{-U}) option can improve performance in
5262 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
5263 before extracting them.
5264
5265 @node Overwrite Old Files
5266 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
5267
5268 @table @option
5269 @opindex overwrite
5270 @item --overwrite
5271 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
5272 from an archive.
5273
5274 This causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
5275 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
5276 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
5277 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
5278 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
5279 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
5280 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
5281 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
5282 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
5283 they are in the way of extraction.
5284
5285 Be careful when using the @option{--overwrite} option, particularly when
5286 combined with the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option, as this combination
5287 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
5288 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
5289 are currently being executed.
5290
5291 @opindex overwrite-dir
5292 @item --overwrite-dir
5293 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
5294 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
5295 @end table
5296
5297 @node Keep Old Files
5298 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
5299
5300 @GNUTAR{} provides two options to control its actions in a situation
5301 when it is about to extract a file which already exists on disk.
5302
5303 @table @option
5304 @opindex keep-old-files
5305 @item --keep-old-files
5306 @itemx -k
5307 Do not replace existing files from archive. When such a file is
5308 encountered, @command{tar} issues an error message. Upon end of
5309 extraction, @command{tar} exits with code 2 (@pxref{exit status}).
5310
5311 @item --skip-old-files
5312 Do not replace existing files from archive, but do not treat that
5313 as error. Such files are silently skipped and do not affect
5314 @command{tar} exit status.
5315
5316 Additional verbosity can be obtained using @option{--warning=existing-file}
5317 together with that option (@pxref{warnings}).
5318 @end table
5319
5320 @node Keep Newer Files
5321 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
5322
5323 @table @option
5324 @opindex keep-newer-files
5325 @item --keep-newer-files
5326 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
5327 copies. This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
5328 @end table
5329
5330 @node Unlink First
5331 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
5332
5333 @table @option
5334 @opindex unlink-first
5335 @item --unlink-first
5336 @itemx -U
5337 Remove files before extracting over them.
5338 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
5339 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
5340 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
5341 @end table
5342
5343 @node Recursive Unlink
5344 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
5345
5346 @table @option
5347 @opindex recursive-unlink
5348 @item --recursive-unlink
5349 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
5350 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
5351 @end table
5352
5353 If you specify the @option{--recursive-unlink} option,
5354 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
5355 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
5356 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
5357
5358 @node Data Modification Times
5359 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Data Modification Times
5360
5361 @cindex Data modification times of extracted files
5362 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
5363 Normally, @command{tar} sets the data modification times of extracted
5364 files to the corresponding times recorded for the files in the archive, but
5365 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
5366 setting.
5367
5368 To set the data modification times of extracted files to the time when
5369 the files were extracted, use the @option{--touch} (@option{-m}) option in
5370 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5371
5372 @table @option
5373 @opindex touch
5374 @item --touch
5375 @itemx -m
5376 Sets the data modification time of extracted archive members to the time
5377 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
5378 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5379 @end table
5380
5381 @node Setting Access Permissions
5382 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
5383
5384 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
5385 @cindex Modes of extracted files
5386 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
5387 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
5388 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
5389 @option{-x}) operation.
5390
5391 @table @option
5392 @opindex preserve-permissions
5393 @opindex same-permissions
5394 @item --preserve-permissions
5395 @itemx --same-permissions
5396 @c @itemx --ignore-umask
5397 @itemx -p
5398 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
5399 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
5400 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5401 @end table
5402
5403 @node Directory Modification Times and Permissions
5404 @unnumberedsubsubsec Directory Modification Times and Permissions
5405
5406 After successfully extracting a file member, @GNUTAR{} normally
5407 restores its permissions and modification times, as described in the
5408 previous sections. This cannot be done for directories, because
5409 after extracting a directory @command{tar} will almost certainly
5410 extract files into that directory and this will cause the directory
5411 modification time to be updated. Moreover, restoring that directory
5412 permissions may not permit file creation within it. Thus, restoring
5413 directory permissions and modification times must be delayed at least
5414 until all files have been extracted into that directory. @GNUTAR{}
5415 restores directories using the following approach.
5416
5417 The extracted directories are created with the mode specified in the
5418 archive, as modified by the umask of the user, which gives sufficient
5419 permissions to allow file creation. The meta-information about the
5420 directory is recorded in the temporary list of directories. When
5421 preparing to extract next archive member, @GNUTAR{} checks if the
5422 directory prefix of this file contains the remembered directory. If
5423 it does not, the program assumes that all files have been extracted
5424 into that directory, restores its modification time and permissions
5425 and removes its entry from the internal list. This approach allows
5426 to correctly restore directory meta-information in the majority of
5427 cases, while keeping memory requirements sufficiently small. It is
5428 based on the fact, that most @command{tar} archives use the predefined
5429 order of members: first the directory, then all the files and
5430 subdirectories in that directory.
5431
5432 However, this is not always true. The most important exception are
5433 incremental archives (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}). The member order in
5434 an incremental archive is reversed: first all directory members are
5435 stored, followed by other (non-directory) members. So, when extracting
5436 from incremental archives, @GNUTAR{} alters the above procedure. It
5437 remembers all restored directories, and restores their meta-data
5438 only after the entire archive has been processed. Notice, that you do
5439 not need to specify any special options for that, as @GNUTAR{}
5440 automatically detects archives in incremental format.
5441
5442 There may be cases, when such processing is required for normal archives
5443 too. Consider the following example:
5444
5445 @smallexample
5446 @group
5447 $ @kbd{tar --no-recursion -cvf archive \
5448 foo foo/file1 bar bar/file foo/file2}
5449 foo/
5450 foo/file1
5451 bar/
5452 bar/file
5453 foo/file2
5454 @end group
5455 @end smallexample
5456
5457 During the normal operation, after encountering @file{bar}
5458 @GNUTAR{} will assume that all files from the directory @file{foo}
5459 were already extracted and will therefore restore its timestamp and
5460 permission bits. However, after extracting @file{foo/file2} the
5461 directory timestamp will be offset again.
5462
5463 To correctly restore directory meta-information in such cases, use
5464 the @option{--delay-directory-restore} command line option:
5465
5466 @table @option
5467 @opindex delay-directory-restore
5468 @item --delay-directory-restore
5469 Delays restoring of the modification times and permissions of extracted
5470 directories until the end of extraction. This way, correct
5471 meta-information is restored even if the archive has unusual member
5472 ordering.
5473
5474 @opindex no-delay-directory-restore
5475 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
5476 Cancel the effect of the previous @option{--delay-directory-restore}.
5477 Use this option if you have used @option{--delay-directory-restore} in
5478 @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to
5479 temporarily disable it.
5480 @end table
5481
5482 @node Writing to Standard Output
5483 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
5484
5485 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
5486 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
5487 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
5488 creating the files on the file system, use @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) in
5489 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). This option is useful if you are
5490 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
5491 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
5492 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
5493 found in the archive.
5494
5495 @table @option
5496 @opindex to-stdout
5497 @item --to-stdout
5498 @itemx -O
5499 Writes files to the standard output. Use only in conjunction with
5500 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). When this option is
5501 used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
5502 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
5503 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
5504 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @option{--list}
5505 (@option{-t}).
5506 @end table
5507
5508 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
5509 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
5510 it. You can use a command like this:
5511
5512 @smallexample
5513 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
5514 @end smallexample
5515
5516 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
5517
5518 @smallexample
5519 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
5520 @end smallexample
5521
5522 However, @option{--to-command} may be more convenient for use with
5523 multiple files. See the next section.
5524
5525 @node Writing to an External Program
5526 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to an External Program
5527
5528 You can instruct @command{tar} to send the contents of each extracted
5529 file to the standard input of an external program:
5530
5531 @table @option
5532 @opindex to-command
5533 @item --to-command=@var{command}
5534 Extract files and pipe their contents to the standard input of
5535 @var{command}. When this option is used, instead of creating the
5536 files specified, @command{tar} invokes @var{command} and pipes the
5537 contents of the files to its standard output. The @var{command} may
5538 contain command line arguments (see @ref{external, Running External Commands},
5539 for more detail).
5540
5541 Notice, that @var{command} is executed once for each regular file
5542 extracted. Non-regular files (directories, etc.) are ignored when this
5543 option is used.
5544 @end table
5545
5546 The command can obtain the information about the file it processes
5547 from the following environment variables:
5548
5549 @table @env
5550 @vrindex TAR_FILETYPE, to-command environment
5551 @item TAR_FILETYPE
5552 Type of the file. It is a single letter with the following meaning:
5553
5554 @multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.90
5555 @item f @tab Regular file
5556 @item d @tab Directory
5557 @item l @tab Symbolic link
5558 @item h @tab Hard link
5559 @item b @tab Block device
5560 @item c @tab Character device
5561 @end multitable
5562
5563 Currently only regular files are supported.
5564
5565 @vrindex TAR_MODE, to-command environment
5566 @item TAR_MODE
5567 File mode, an octal number.
5568
5569 @vrindex TAR_FILENAME, to-command environment
5570 @item TAR_FILENAME
5571 The name of the file.
5572
5573 @vrindex TAR_REALNAME, to-command environment
5574 @item TAR_REALNAME
5575 Name of the file as stored in the archive.
5576
5577 @vrindex TAR_UNAME, to-command environment
5578 @item TAR_UNAME
5579 Name of the file owner.
5580
5581 @vrindex TAR_GNAME, to-command environment
5582 @item TAR_GNAME
5583 Name of the file owner group.
5584
5585 @vrindex TAR_ATIME, to-command environment
5586 @item TAR_ATIME
5587 Time of last access. It is a decimal number, representing seconds
5588 since the Epoch. If the archive provides times with nanosecond
5589 precision, the nanoseconds are appended to the timestamp after a
5590 decimal point.
5591
5592 @vrindex TAR_MTIME, to-command environment
5593 @item TAR_MTIME
5594 Time of last modification.
5595
5596 @vrindex TAR_CTIME, to-command environment
5597 @item TAR_CTIME
5598 Time of last status change.
5599
5600 @vrindex TAR_SIZE, to-command environment
5601 @item TAR_SIZE
5602 Size of the file.
5603
5604 @vrindex TAR_UID, to-command environment
5605 @item TAR_UID
5606 UID of the file owner.
5607
5608 @vrindex TAR_GID, to-command environment
5609 @item TAR_GID
5610 GID of the file owner.
5611 @end table
5612
5613 Additionally, the following variables contain information about
5614 tar mode and the archive being processed:
5615
5616 @table @env
5617 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, to-command environment
5618 @item TAR_VERSION
5619 @GNUTAR{} version number.
5620
5621 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, to-command environment
5622 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
5623 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
5624
5625 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, to-command environment
5626 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
5627 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
5628
5629 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, to-command environment
5630 @item TAR_VOLUME
5631 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is processing.
5632
5633 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, to-command environment
5634 @item TAR_FORMAT
5635 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
5636 list of archive format names.
5637 @end table
5638
5639 These variables are defined prior to executing the command, so you can
5640 pass them as arguments, if you prefer. For example, if the command
5641 @var{proc} takes the member name and size as its arguments, then you
5642 could do:
5643
5644 @smallexample
5645 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar \
5646 --to-command='proc $TAR_FILENAME $TAR_SIZE'}
5647 @end smallexample
5648
5649 @noindent
5650 Notice single quotes to prevent variable names from being expanded by
5651 the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
5652
5653 If @var{command} exits with a non-0 status, @command{tar} will print
5654 an error message similar to the following:
5655
5656 @smallexample
5657 tar: 2345: Child returned status 1
5658 @end smallexample
5659
5660 Here, @samp{2345} is the PID of the finished process.
5661
5662 If this behavior is not wanted, use @option{--ignore-command-error}:
5663
5664 @table @option
5665 @opindex ignore-command-error
5666 @item --ignore-command-error
5667 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. Notice that if the program
5668 exits on signal or otherwise terminates abnormally, the error message
5669 will be printed even if this option is used.
5670
5671 @opindex no-ignore-command-error
5672 @item --no-ignore-command-error
5673 Cancel the effect of any previous @option{--ignore-command-error}
5674 option. This option is useful if you have set
5675 @option{--ignore-command-error} in @env{TAR_OPTIONS}
5676 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to temporarily cancel it.
5677 @end table
5678
5679 @node remove files
5680 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
5681
5682 @FIXME{The section is too terse. Something more to add? An example,
5683 maybe?}
5684
5685 @table @option
5686 @opindex remove-files
5687 @item --remove-files
5688 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
5689 @end table
5690
5691 @node Scarce
5692 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
5693 @UNREVISED
5694
5695 @cindex Small memory
5696 @cindex Running out of space
5697
5698 @menu
5699 * Starting File::
5700 * Same Order::
5701 @end menu
5702
5703 @node Starting File
5704 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
5705
5706 @table @option
5707 @opindex starting-file
5708 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
5709 @itemx -K @var{name}
5710 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
5711 with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}) or @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
5712 @end table
5713
5714 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
5715 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
5716 space, you can use @option{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@option{-K
5717 @var{name}}) to start extracting only after member @var{name} of the
5718 archive. This assumes, of course, that there is now free space, or
5719 that you are now extracting into a different file system. (You could
5720 also choose to suspend @command{tar}, remove unnecessary files from
5721 the file system, and then resume the same @command{tar} operation.
5722 In this case, @option{--starting-file} is not necessary.) See also
5723 @ref{interactive}, and @ref{exclude}.
5724
5725 @node Same Order
5726 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
5727
5728 @table @option
5729 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
5730 @opindex same-order
5731 @opindex preserve-order
5732 @item --same-order
5733 @itemx --preserve-order
5734 @itemx -s
5735 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
5736 memory. Use in conjunction with @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
5737 @option{-d}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or @option{--extract}
5738 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5739 @end table
5740
5741 The @option{--same-order} (@option{--preserve-order}, @option{-s}) option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
5742 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
5743 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
5744 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
5745 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
5746 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
5747
5748 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
5749
5750 @node backup
5751 @section Backup options
5752
5753 @cindex backup options
5754
5755 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
5756 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
5757 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
5758 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
5759 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
5760 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
5761
5762 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
5763 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
5764 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
5765 as having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
5766 @FIXME{This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
5767 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.}
5768 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
5769 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
5770 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
5771 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
5772
5773 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
5774 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
5775 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
5776 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
5777 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
5778 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
5779 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
5780 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
5781 refers to a remote file.
5782
5783 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
5784 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
5785 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
5786 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
5787 file are kept.
5788
5789 @table @samp
5790 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
5791 @opindex backup
5792 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
5793 @cindex backups
5794 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
5795 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
5796
5797 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
5798 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
5799 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
5800 use the @samp{existing} method.
5801
5802 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
5803 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
5804 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
5805 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
5806
5807 @table @samp
5808 @item t
5809 @itemx numbered
5810 @cindex numbered @r{backup method}
5811 Always make numbered backups.
5812
5813 @item nil
5814 @itemx existing
5815 @cindex existing @r{backup method}
5816 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
5817 of the others.
5818
5819 @item never
5820 @itemx simple
5821 @cindex simple @r{backup method}
5822 Always make simple backups.
5823
5824 @end table
5825
5826 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
5827 @opindex suffix
5828 @cindex backup suffix
5829 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
5830 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
5831 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
5832 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
5833 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
5834
5835 @end table
5836
5837 @node Applications
5838 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
5839 @UNREVISED
5840
5841 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
5842 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
5843 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
5844
5845 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
5846
5847 @findex uuencode
5848 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
5849 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
5850 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
5851 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
5852 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
5853 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
5854 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
5855 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
5856
5857 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
5858 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
5859 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
5860 medium is a @dfn{pipe}:
5861
5862 @smallexample
5863 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5864 @end smallexample
5865
5866 @noindent
5867 You can avoid subshells by using @option{-C} option:
5868
5869 @smallexample
5870 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xf -}
5871 @end smallexample
5872
5873 @noindent
5874 The command also works using long option forms:
5875
5876 @smallexample
5877 @group
5878 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . ) \
5879 | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}
5880 @end group
5881 @end smallexample
5882
5883 @noindent
5884 or
5885
5886 @smallexample
5887 @group
5888 $ @kbd{tar --directory sourcedir --create --file=- . \
5889 | tar --directory targetdir --extract --file=-}
5890 @end group
5891 @end smallexample
5892
5893 @noindent
5894 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
5895
5896 @node looking ahead
5897 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
5898
5899 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
5900 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
5901 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
5902 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
5903 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
5904 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
5905 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
5906 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
5907 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
5908 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
5909
5910 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
5911 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
5912 @xref{files}.
5913
5914 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
5915 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
5916
5917 @node Backups
5918 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
5919 @cindex backups
5920
5921 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts for performing backups
5922 and restores. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be
5923 satisfying to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
5924 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
5925 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
5926
5927 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
5928 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
5929 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
5930 This is free software, and it is available from @uref{http://www.amanda.org}.
5931
5932 @FIXME{
5933
5934 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
5935 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
5936 distribution.
5937
5938 @itemize @bullet
5939 @item dumps
5940 @itemize @minus
5941 @item what are dumps
5942 @item different levels of dumps
5943 @itemize +
5944 @item full dump = dump everything
5945 @item level 1, level 2 dumps etc
5946 A level @var{n} dump dumps everything changed since the last level
5947 @var{n}-1 dump (?)
5948 @end itemize
5949 @item how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
5950 @itemize +
5951 @item scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
5952 @end itemize
5953 @item Backup Specs, what is it.
5954 @itemize +
5955 @item how to customize
5956 @item actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
5957 @end itemize
5958 @item Problems
5959 @itemize +
5960 @item rsh doesn't work
5961 @item rtape isn't installed
5962 @item (others?)
5963 @end itemize
5964 @item the @option{--incremental} option of tar
5965 @item tapes
5966 @itemize +
5967 @item write protection
5968 @item types of media, different sizes and types, useful for different things
5969 @item files and tape marks
5970 one tape mark between files, two at end.
5971 @item positioning the tape
5972 MT writes two at end of write,
5973 backspaces over one when writing again.
5974 @end itemize
5975 @end itemize
5976 @end itemize
5977 }
5978
5979 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
5980 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
5981
5982 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
5983 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
5984 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
5985 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
5986 called @dfn{dumps}.
5987
5988 @menu
5989 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5990 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5991 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
5992 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5993 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
5994 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
5995 @end menu
5996
5997 @node Full Dumps
5998 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5999 @UNREVISED
6000
6001 @cindex full dumps
6002 @cindex dumps, full
6003
6004 @cindex corrupted archives
6005 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
6006 are modifying files in the file system. If files are modified while
6007 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
6008 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
6009 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
6010 not corrupt the entire archive.)
6011
6012 You will want to use the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}}
6013 (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option to give the archive a
6014 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
6015 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
6016
6017 Unless the file system you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
6018 one volume, you will need to use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option.
6019 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
6020
6021 If you want to dump each file system separately you will need to use
6022 the @option{--one-file-system} option to prevent
6023 @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when storing
6024 (sub)directories.
6025
6026 The @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) (@pxref{Incremental Dumps})
6027 option is not needed, since this is a complete copy of everything in
6028 the file system, and a full restore from this backup would only be
6029 done onto a completely
6030 empty disk.
6031
6032 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
6033 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W})
6034 option, to make sure your files really made it onto the dump properly.
6035 This will also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just
6036 after) it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes)
6037 are capable of being verified, unfortunately.
6038
6039 @node Incremental Dumps
6040 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
6041
6042 @dfn{Incremental backup} is a special form of @GNUTAR{} archive that
6043 stores additional metadata so that exact state of the file system
6044 can be restored when extracting the archive.
6045
6046 @GNUTAR{} currently offers two options for handling incremental
6047 backups: @option{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@option{-g
6048 @var{snapshot-file}}) and @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}).
6049
6050 @xopindex{listed-incremental, described}
6051 The option @option{--listed-incremental} instructs tar to operate on
6052 an incremental archive with additional metadata stored in a standalone
6053 file, called a @dfn{snapshot file}. The purpose of this file is to help
6054 determine which files have been changed, added or deleted since the
6055 last backup, so that the next incremental backup will contain only
6056 modified files. The name of the snapshot file is given as an argument
6057 to the option:
6058
6059 @table @option
6060 @item --listed-incremental=@var{file}
6061 @itemx -g @var{file}
6062 Handle incremental backups with snapshot data in @var{file}.
6063 @end table
6064
6065 To create an incremental backup, you would use
6066 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--create}
6067 (@pxref{create}). For example:
6068
6069 @smallexample
6070 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6071 --file=archive.1.tar \
6072 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
6073 /usr}
6074 @end smallexample
6075
6076 This will create in @file{archive.1.tar} an incremental backup of
6077 the @file{/usr} file system, storing additional metadata in the file
6078 @file{/var/log/usr.snar}. If this file does not exist, it will be
6079 created. The created archive will then be a @dfn{level 0 backup};
6080 please see the next section for more on backup levels.
6081
6082 Otherwise, if the file @file{/var/log/usr.snar} exists, it
6083 determines which files are modified. In this case only these files will be
6084 stored in the archive. Suppose, for example, that after running the
6085 above command, you delete file @file{/usr/doc/old} and create
6086 directory @file{/usr/local/db} with the following contents:
6087
6088 @smallexample
6089 $ @kbd{ls /usr/local/db}
6090 /usr/local/db/data
6091 /usr/local/db/index
6092 @end smallexample
6093
6094 Some time later you create another incremental backup. You will
6095 then see:
6096
6097 @smallexample
6098 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6099 --file=archive.2.tar \
6100 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
6101 /usr}
6102 tar: usr/local/db: Directory is new
6103 usr/local/db/
6104 usr/local/db/data
6105 usr/local/db/index
6106 @end smallexample
6107
6108 @noindent
6109 The created archive @file{archive.2.tar} will contain only these
6110 three members. This archive is called a @dfn{level 1 backup}. Notice
6111 that @file{/var/log/usr.snar} will be updated with the new data, so if
6112 you plan to create more @samp{level 1} backups, it is necessary to
6113 create a working copy of the snapshot file before running
6114 @command{tar}. The above example will then be modified as follows:
6115
6116 @smallexample
6117 $ @kbd{cp /var/log/usr.snar /var/log/usr.snar-1}
6118 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6119 --file=archive.2.tar \
6120 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-1 \
6121 /usr}
6122 @end smallexample
6123
6124 @anchor{--level=0}
6125 @xopindex{level, described}
6126 You can force @samp{level 0} backups either by removing the snapshot
6127 file before running @command{tar}, or by supplying the
6128 @option{--level=0} option, e.g.:
6129
6130 @smallexample
6131 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6132 --file=archive.2.tar \
6133 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-0 \
6134 --level=0 \
6135 /usr}
6136 @end smallexample
6137
6138 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
6139 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
6140 with the @option{--atime-preserve=replace} option), or if you set the clock
6141 backwards.
6142
6143 @anchor{device numbers}
6144 @cindex Device numbers, using in incremental backups
6145 Metadata stored in snapshot files include device numbers, which,
6146 obviously are supposed to be non-volatile values. However, it turns
6147 out that @acronym{NFS} devices have undependable values when an automounter
6148 gets in the picture. This can lead to a great deal of spurious
6149 redumping in incremental dumps, so it is somewhat useless to compare
6150 two @acronym{NFS} devices numbers over time. The solution implemented
6151 currently is to consider all @acronym{NFS} devices as being equal
6152 when it comes to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but
6153 there does not seem to be a better way to go.
6154
6155 Apart from using @acronym{NFS}, there are a number of cases where
6156 relying on device numbers can cause spurious redumping of unmodified
6157 files. For example, this occurs when archiving @acronym{LVM} snapshot
6158 volumes. To avoid this, use @option{--no-check-device} option:
6159
6160 @table @option
6161 @xopindex{no-check-device, described}
6162 @item --no-check-device
6163 Do not rely on device numbers when preparing a list of changed files
6164 for an incremental dump.
6165
6166 @xopindex{check-device, described}
6167 @item --check-device
6168 Use device numbers when preparing a list of changed files
6169 for an incremental dump. This is the default behavior. The purpose
6170 of this option is to undo the effect of the @option{--no-check-device}
6171 if it was given in @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable
6172 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}).
6173 @end table
6174
6175 There is also another way to cope with changing device numbers. It is
6176 described in detail in @ref{Fixing Snapshot Files}.
6177
6178 Note that incremental archives use @command{tar} extensions and may
6179 not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the @command{tar} program.
6180
6181 @xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--extract}}
6182 @xopindex{extract, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
6183 To extract from the incremental dumps, use
6184 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--extract}
6185 option (@pxref{extracting files}). In this case, @command{tar} does
6186 not need to access snapshot file, since all the data necessary for
6187 extraction are stored in the archive itself. So, when extracting, you
6188 can give whatever argument to @option{--listed-incremental}, the usual
6189 practice is to use @option{--listed-incremental=/dev/null}.
6190 Alternatively, you can use @option{--incremental}, which needs no
6191 arguments. In general, @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) can be
6192 used as a shortcut for @option{--listed-incremental} when listing or
6193 extracting incremental backups (for more information regarding this
6194 option, @pxref{incremental-op}).
6195
6196 When extracting from the incremental backup @GNUTAR{} attempts to
6197 restore the exact state the file system had when the archive was
6198 created. In particular, it will @emph{delete} those files in the file
6199 system that did not exist in their directories when the archive was
6200 created. If you have created several levels of incremental files,
6201 then in order to restore the exact contents the file system had when
6202 the last level was created, you will need to restore from all backups
6203 in turn. Continuing our example, to restore the state of @file{/usr}
6204 file system, one would do@footnote{Notice, that since both archives
6205 were created without @option{-P} option (@pxref{absolute}), these
6206 commands should be run from the root file system.}:
6207
6208 @smallexample
6209 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
6210 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
6211 --file archive.1.tar}
6212 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
6213 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
6214 --file archive.2.tar}
6215 @end smallexample
6216
6217 To list the contents of an incremental archive, use @option{--list}
6218 (@pxref{list}), as usual. To obtain more information about the
6219 archive, use @option{--listed-incremental} or @option{--incremental}
6220 combined with two @option{--verbose} options@footnote{Two
6221 @option{--verbose} options were selected to avoid breaking usual
6222 verbose listing output (@option{--list --verbose}) when using in
6223 scripts.
6224
6225 @xopindex{incremental, using with @option{--list}}
6226 @xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--list}}
6227 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--incremental}}
6228 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
6229 Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1 used to dump verbatim binary
6230 contents of the DUMPDIR header (with terminating nulls) when
6231 @option{--incremental} or @option{--listed-incremental} option was
6232 given, no matter what the verbosity level. This behavior, and,
6233 especially, the binary output it produced were considered inconvenient
6234 and were changed in version 1.16.}:
6235
6236 @smallexample
6237 @kbd{tar --list --incremental --verbose --verbose archive.tar}
6238 @end smallexample
6239
6240 This command will print, for each directory in the archive, the list
6241 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
6242 information is put out in a format which is both human-readable and
6243 unambiguous for a program: each file name is printed as
6244
6245 @smallexample
6246 @var{x} @var{file}
6247 @end smallexample
6248
6249 @noindent
6250 where @var{x} is a letter describing the status of the file: @samp{Y}
6251 if the file is present in the archive, @samp{N} if the file is not
6252 included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is a directory (and
6253 is included in the archive). @xref{Dumpdir}, for the detailed
6254 description of dumpdirs and status codes. Each such
6255 line is terminated by a newline character. The last line is followed
6256 by an additional newline to indicate the end of the data.
6257
6258 @anchor{incremental-op}The option @option{--incremental} (@option{-G})
6259 gives the same behavior as @option{--listed-incremental} when used
6260 with @option{--list} and @option{--extract} options. When used with
6261 @option{--create} option, it creates an incremental archive without
6262 creating snapshot file. Thus, it is impossible to create several
6263 levels of incremental backups with @option{--incremental} option.
6264
6265 @node Backup Levels
6266 @section Levels of Backups
6267
6268 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
6269 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
6270 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
6271 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
6272 are daily re-archived.
6273
6274 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
6275 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
6276 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
6277 dump.
6278
6279 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
6280 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
6281 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
6282 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
6283 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
6284 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
6285 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
6286 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble.)
6287
6288 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
6289 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
6290 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
6291 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
6292 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
6293
6294 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
6295 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
6296 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
6297 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @xref{Backup Parameters}, for its
6298 detailed description. Once the backup parameters are set, you can
6299 perform backups or restoration by running the appropriate script.
6300
6301 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
6302 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
6303 their use in detail.
6304
6305 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
6306 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
6307 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
6308 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
6309 it is easier to use the scripts. @xref{Incremental Dumps}, before
6310 making such an attempt.
6311
6312 @node Backup Parameters
6313 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
6314
6315 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
6316 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
6317 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
6318 before using these scripts.
6319
6320 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
6321 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
6322 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
6323 functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
6324 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
6325 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
6326 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
6327 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
6328
6329 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
6330 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
6331
6332 @menu
6333 * General-Purpose Variables::
6334 * Magnetic Tape Control::
6335 * User Hooks::
6336 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
6337 @end menu
6338
6339 @node General-Purpose Variables
6340 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
6341
6342 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
6343 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
6344 sends a backup report to this address.
6345 @end defvr
6346
6347 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
6348 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
6349 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
6350 or the string @samp{now}.
6351
6352 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
6353 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
6354 @end defvr
6355
6356 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
6357
6358 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
6359 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
6360 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
6361 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
6362 invocations of @command{mt}.
6363 @end defvr
6364
6365 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
6366
6367 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
6368 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
6369 @end defvr
6370
6371 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
6372
6373 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
6374 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
6375 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
6376 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
6377 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
6378
6379 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
6380 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
6381 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
6382 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
6383 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
6384 machine where the scripts are run (i.e., what @command{pwd} will print
6385 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
6386 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
6387 host as long as it can access the file system through @acronym{NFS}.
6388
6389 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
6390 in a separate file. This file is usually named
6391 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
6392 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
6393 @end defvr
6394
6395 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
6396
6397 The name of the file that contains a list of file systems to backup
6398 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
6399 @end defvr
6400
6401 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
6402
6403 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
6404 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
6405 which the backup script is run.
6406
6407 If the list of individual files is very long you may wish to store it
6408 in a separate file. This file is usually named
6409 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
6410 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
6411 @end defvr
6412
6413 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
6414
6415 The name of the file that contains a list of individual files to backup
6416 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
6417 @end defvr
6418
6419 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
6420
6421 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
6422 @end defvr
6423
6424 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
6425 @anchor{RSH}
6426 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
6427 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
6428 to use public key authentication.
6429 @end defvr
6430
6431 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
6432
6433 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote machines. This will
6434 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
6435 of @GNUTAR{}.
6436 @end defvr
6437
6438 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
6439
6440 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
6441 by all the machines which have file systems to be dumped.
6442 @end defvr
6443
6444 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
6445
6446 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
6447 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
6448 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
6449 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
6450 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
6451 (e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
6452
6453 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
6454 @end defvr
6455
6456 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
6457
6458 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive file systems
6459
6460 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
6461 @end defvr
6462
6463 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
6464
6465 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
6466 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
6467 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in
6468 prompt, and will expect confirmation from the console. For the
6469 description of the default prompt, see @ref{change volume prompt}.
6470
6471 @end defvr
6472
6473 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
6474
6475 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
6476 this will just be some literal text.
6477 @end defvr
6478
6479 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
6480
6481 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
6482 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
6483 @end defvr
6484
6485 @node Magnetic Tape Control
6486 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
6487
6488 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
6489 These functions take a single argument --- the name of the tape
6490 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
6491
6492 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
6493 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
6494 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
6495
6496 @smallexample
6497 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
6498
6499 mt_begin() @{
6500 mt -f "$1" retension
6501 @}
6502 @end smallexample
6503 @end defvr
6504
6505 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
6506 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
6507 follows:
6508
6509 @smallexample
6510 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
6511
6512 mt_rewind() @{
6513 mt -f "$1" rewind
6514 @}
6515 @end smallexample
6516
6517 @end defvr
6518
6519 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
6520 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
6521 it is defined as follows:
6522
6523 @smallexample
6524 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
6525
6526 mt_offline() @{
6527 mt -f "$1" offl
6528 @}
6529 @end smallexample
6530 @end defvr
6531
6532 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
6533 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
6534 including error count. Default definition:
6535
6536 @smallexample
6537 MT_STATUS=mt_status
6538
6539 mt_status() @{
6540 mt -f "$1" status
6541 @}
6542 @end smallexample
6543 @end defvr
6544
6545 @node User Hooks
6546 @subsection User Hooks
6547
6548 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
6549 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
6550 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
6551 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
6552 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
6553 taking four arguments:
6554
6555 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
6556 Its arguments are:
6557
6558 @table @var
6559 @item level
6560 Current backup or restore level.
6561
6562 @item host
6563 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
6564
6565 @item fs
6566 Full file name of the file system being dumped or restored.
6567
6568 @item fsname
6569 File system name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
6570 is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
6571 @end table
6572 @end deffn
6573
6574 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions:
6575
6576 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
6577 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the file system.
6578 @end defvr
6579
6580 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
6581 Executed after dumping the file system.
6582 @end defvr
6583
6584 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
6585 Executed before restoring the file system.
6586 @end defvr
6587
6588 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
6589 Executed after restoring the file system.
6590 @end defvr
6591
6592 @node backup-specs example
6593 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
6594
6595 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
6596
6597 @smallexample
6598 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
6599
6600 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
6601 BACKUP_HOUR=1
6602 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
6603
6604 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
6605 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
6606 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
6607
6608 # Override MT_STATUS function:
6609 my_status() @{
6610 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
6611 @}
6612 MT_STATUS=my_status
6613
6614 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
6615 MT_OFFLINE=:
6616
6617 BLOCKING=124
6618 BACKUP_DIRS="
6619 albert:/fs/fsf
6620 apple-gunkies:/gd
6621 albert:/fs/gd2
6622 albert:/fs/gp
6623 geech:/usr/jla
6624 churchy:/usr/roland
6625 albert:/
6626 albert:/usr
6627 apple-gunkies:/
6628 apple-gunkies:/usr
6629 gnu:/hack
6630 gnu:/u
6631 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
6632 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
6633
6634 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
6635
6636 @end smallexample
6637
6638 @node Scripted Backups
6639 @section Using the Backup Scripts
6640
6641 The syntax for running a backup script is:
6642
6643 @smallexample
6644 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
6645 @end smallexample
6646
6647 The @option{--level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
6648 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
6649 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is
6650 @code{0})@footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
6651 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
6652 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
6653 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
6654 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
6655 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
6656 create a level one dump.}.
6657
6658 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
6659 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
6660
6661 @table @asis
6662 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
6663
6664 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
6665
6666 @item @var{hh}
6667
6668 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours.
6669
6670 @item now
6671
6672 The dump must be run immediately.
6673 @end table
6674
6675 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
6676 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
6677 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
6678 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
6679 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
6680 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
6681 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
6682 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
6683 Restoration}).
6684
6685 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
6686 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
6687 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
6688 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
6689 them. @xref{Snapshot Files}, for a more detailed explanation of this
6690 file.
6691
6692 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
6693 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
6694 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
6695 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
6696 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
6697 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
6698 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
6699
6700 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
6701 standard output.
6702
6703 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
6704 script:
6705
6706 @table @option
6707 @item -l @var{level}
6708 @itemx --level=@var{level}
6709 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
6710
6711 @item -f
6712 @itemx --force
6713 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
6714
6715 @item -v[@var{level}]
6716 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6717 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
6718 information will be output during execution. Default @var{level}
6719 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6720
6721 @item -t @var{start-time}
6722 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
6723 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
6724
6725 @item -h
6726 @itemx --help
6727 Display short help message and exit.
6728
6729 @item -V
6730 @itemx --version
6731 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6732 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6733 @end table
6734
6735
6736 @node Scripted Restoration
6737 @section Using the Restore Script
6738
6739 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
6740 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
6741 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
6742 then restore all the file systems and files specified in
6743 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
6744
6745 You may select the file systems (and/or files) to restore by
6746 giving @code{restore} a list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
6747 line. For example, running
6748
6749 @smallexample
6750 restore 'albert:*'
6751 @end smallexample
6752
6753 @noindent
6754 will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
6755 complicated example:
6756
6757 @smallexample
6758 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
6759 @end smallexample
6760
6761 @noindent
6762 This command will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}
6763 as well as @file{/var} file system on all machines.
6764
6765 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
6766 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
6767 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
6768 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
6769 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
6770 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
6771
6772 @smallexample
6773 restore --level=1
6774 @end smallexample
6775
6776 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
6777
6778 @table @option
6779 @item -a
6780 @itemx --all
6781 Restore all file systems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}.
6782
6783 @item -l @var{level}
6784 @itemx --level=@var{level}
6785 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
6786
6787 @item -v[@var{level}]
6788 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6789 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
6790 information will be output during execution. Default @var{level}
6791 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6792
6793 @item -h
6794 @itemx --help
6795 Display short help message and exit.
6796
6797 @item -V
6798 @itemx --version
6799 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6800 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6801 @end table
6802
6803 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
6804 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
6805 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
6806 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
6807 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
6808 the tape as needed. @xref{Tape Positioning}, for a discussion of tape
6809 positioning.
6810
6811 @quotation
6812 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
6813 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
6814 @end quotation
6815
6816 @xref{Incremental Dumps}, for an explanation of how the script makes
6817 that determination.
6818
6819 @node Choosing
6820 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
6821
6822 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
6823 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
6824 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
6825 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
6826 are in specified directories.
6827
6828 This chapter discusses these options in detail.
6829
6830 @menu
6831 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
6832 * Selecting Archive Members::
6833 * files:: Reading Names from a File
6834 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
6835 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
6836 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
6837 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
6838 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
6839 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
6840 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
6841 @end menu
6842
6843 @node file
6844 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
6845
6846 @cindex Naming an archive
6847 @cindex Archive Name
6848 @cindex Choosing an archive file
6849 @cindex Where is the archive?
6850 @opindex file
6851 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
6852 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
6853 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
6854 on the system may not have set the default to a meaningful value as far as
6855 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
6856 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The
6857 @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}})
6858 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
6859 instead of the default archive file location.
6860
6861 @table @option
6862 @xopindex{file, short description}
6863 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
6864 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
6865 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
6866 any operation.
6867 @end table
6868
6869 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
6870
6871 @smallexample
6872 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
6873 @end smallexample
6874
6875 @noindent
6876 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
6877 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
6878 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
6879 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
6880 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
6881 for the archive name.
6882
6883 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
6884 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
6885 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
6886
6887 @cindex Writing new archives
6888 @cindex Archive creation
6889 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
6890 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
6891 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
6892 name, usually that for tape unit zero (i.e., @file{/dev/tu00}).
6893
6894 @cindex Standard input and output
6895 @cindex tar to standard input and output
6896 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
6897 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
6898 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
6899 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
6900 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
6901 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
6902
6903 The following example is a convenient way of copying directory
6904 hierarchy from @file{sourcedir} to @file{targetdir}.
6905
6906 @smallexample
6907 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xpf -)}
6908 @end smallexample
6909
6910 The @option{-C} option allows to avoid using subshells:
6911
6912 @smallexample
6913 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xpf -}
6914 @end smallexample
6915
6916 In both examples above, the leftmost @command{tar} invocation archives
6917 the contents of @file{sourcedir} to the standard output, while the
6918 rightmost one reads this archive from its standard input and
6919 extracts it. The @option{-p} option tells it to restore permissions
6920 of the extracted files.
6921
6922 @cindex Remote devices
6923 @cindex tar to a remote device
6924 @anchor{remote-dev}
6925 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
6926 use the following:
6927
6928 @smallexample
6929 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}
6930 @end smallexample
6931
6932 @noindent
6933 @command{tar} will set up the remote connection, if possible, and
6934 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
6935 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}, @command{tar}
6936 will attempt to set up the remote connection using your username
6937 as the username on the remote machine.
6938
6939 @cindex Local and remote archives
6940 @anchor{local and remote archives}
6941 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
6942 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
6943 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
6944 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
6945 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
6946 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
6947 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
6948 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
6949 have the @file{rmt} program installed (this command is included in
6950 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
6951 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} means your
6952 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
6953 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
6954 can be inhibited by using the @option{--force-local} option.
6955
6956 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
6957 tries to minimize input and output operations. The Amanda backup
6958 system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has an initial sizing pass which
6959 uses this feature.
6960
6961 @node Selecting Archive Members
6962 @section Selecting Archive Members
6963 @cindex Specifying files to act on
6964 @cindex Specifying archive members
6965
6966 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
6967 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
6968 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
6969 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
6970
6971 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
6972 the command line, as follows:
6973 @smallexample
6974 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
6975 @end smallexample
6976
6977 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), precede it with
6978 @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from being treated as an
6979 option.
6980
6981 @anchor{input name quoting}
6982 By default @GNUTAR{} attempts to @dfn{unquote} each file or member
6983 name, replacing @dfn{escape sequences} according to the following
6984 table:
6985
6986 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.60
6987 @headitem Escape @tab Replaced with
6988 @item \a @tab Audible bell (@acronym{ASCII} 7)
6989 @item \b @tab Backspace (@acronym{ASCII} 8)
6990 @item \f @tab Form feed (@acronym{ASCII} 12)
6991 @item \n @tab New line (@acronym{ASCII} 10)
6992 @item \r @tab Carriage return (@acronym{ASCII} 13)
6993 @item \t @tab Horizontal tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 9)
6994 @item \v @tab Vertical tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 11)
6995 @item \? @tab @acronym{ASCII} 127
6996 @item \@var{n} @tab @acronym{ASCII} @var{n} (@var{n} should be an octal number
6997 of up to 3 digits)
6998 @end multitable
6999
7000 A backslash followed by any other symbol is retained.
7001
7002 This default behavior is controlled by the following command line
7003 option:
7004
7005 @table @option
7006 @opindex unquote
7007 @item --unquote
7008 Enable unquoting input file or member names (default).
7009
7010 @opindex no-unquote
7011 @item --no-unquote
7012 Disable unquoting input file or member names.
7013 @end table
7014
7015 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
7016 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
7017
7018 If you do not specify files, @command{tar} behavior differs depending
7019 on the operation mode as described below:
7020
7021 When @command{tar} is invoked with @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
7022 @command{tar} will stop immediately, reporting the following:
7023
7024 @smallexample
7025 @group
7026 $ @kbd{tar cf a.tar}
7027 tar: Cowardly refusing to create an empty archive
7028 Try 'tar --help' or 'tar --usage' for more information.
7029 @end group
7030 @end smallexample
7031
7032 If you specify either @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
7033 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @command{tar}
7034 operates on all the archive members in the archive.
7035
7036 If run with @option{--diff} option, tar will compare the archive with
7037 the contents of the current working directory.
7038
7039 If you specify any other operation, @command{tar} does nothing.
7040
7041 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
7042 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
7043 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
7044 operate. In general, these methods work both for specifying the names
7045 of files and archive members.
7046
7047 @node files
7048 @section Reading Names from a File
7049
7050 @cindex Reading file names from a file
7051 @cindex Lists of file names
7052 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
7053 @cindex @command{find}, using with @command{tar}
7054 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
7055 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
7056 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T
7057 @var{file-of-names}}) option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the
7058 file which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
7059 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
7060 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
7061 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
7062
7063 @table @option
7064 @opindex files-from
7065 @item --files-from=@var{file-name}
7066 @itemx -T @var{file-name}
7067 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file-name}.
7068 @end table
7069
7070 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
7071 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
7072 names are read from standard input.
7073
7074 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
7075 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
7076 command.
7077
7078 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
7079
7080 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
7081 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
7082 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
7083 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
7084 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
7085 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
7086 more information.)
7087
7088 @smallexample
7089 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
7090 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
7091 @end smallexample
7092
7093 @noindent
7094 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
7095 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
7096 processed accordingly@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
7097 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
7098 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.}. For example,
7099 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
7100 specifying @option{-C} option:
7101
7102 @smallexample
7103 @group
7104 $ @kbd{cat list}
7105 -C/etc
7106 passwd
7107 hosts
7108 -C/lib
7109 libc.a
7110 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
7111 @end group
7112 @end smallexample
7113
7114 @noindent
7115 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
7116 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
7117 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
7118 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
7119 contain:
7120
7121 @smallexample
7122 @group
7123 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
7124 passwd
7125 hosts
7126 libc.a
7127 @end group
7128 @end smallexample
7129
7130 @opindex add-file
7131 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
7132 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
7133 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file=--my-file}.
7134
7135 @menu
7136 * nul::
7137 @end menu
7138
7139 @node nul
7140 @subsection @code{NUL}-Terminated File Names
7141
7142 @cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
7143 @cindex @code{NUL}-terminated file names
7144 The @option{--null} option causes
7145 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}})
7146 to read file names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so
7147 files whose names contain newlines can be archived using
7148 @option{--files-from}.
7149
7150 @table @option
7151 @xopindex{null, described}
7152 @item --null
7153 Only consider @code{NUL}-terminated file names, instead of files that
7154 terminate in a newline.
7155
7156 @xopindex{no-null, described}
7157 @item --no-null
7158 Undo the effect of any previous @option{--null} option.
7159 @end table
7160
7161 The @option{--null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
7162 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
7163 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
7164 @command{tar}, @option{--null} also disables special handling for
7165 file names that begin with dash.
7166
7167 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
7168 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
7169 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
7170 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
7171 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
7172 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} gets the
7173 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
7174 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
7175 @command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
7176
7177 @smallexample
7178 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
7179 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
7180 @end smallexample
7181
7182 The @option{--no-null} option can be used if you need to read both
7183 @code{NUL}-terminated and newline-terminated files on the same command line.
7184 For example, if @file{flist} is a newline-terminated file, then the
7185 following command can be used to combine it with the above command:
7186
7187 @smallexample
7188 @group
7189 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 |
7190 tar -c -f big.tar --null -T - --no-null -T flist}
7191 @end group
7192 @end smallexample
7193
7194 This example uses short options for typographic reasons, to avoid
7195 very long lines.
7196
7197 @GNUTAR is tries to automatically detect @code{NUL}-terminated file
7198 lists, so in many cases it is safe to use them even without the
7199 @option{--null} option. In this case @command{tar} will print a
7200 warning and continue reading such a file as if @option{--null} were
7201 actually given:
7202
7203 @smallexample
7204 @group
7205 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 | tar -c -f big.tar -T -}
7206 tar: -: file name read contains nul character
7207 @end group
7208 @end smallexample
7209
7210 The null terminator, however, remains in effect only for this
7211 particular file, any following @option{-T} options will assume
7212 newline termination. Of course, the null autodetection applies
7213 to these eventual surplus @option{-T} options as well.
7214
7215 @node exclude
7216 @section Excluding Some Files
7217
7218 @cindex File names, excluding files by
7219 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
7220 @cindex Excluding files by file system
7221 @opindex exclude
7222 @opindex exclude-from
7223 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
7224 use the @option{--exclude} or @option{--exclude-from} options.
7225
7226 @table @option
7227 @opindex exclude
7228 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
7229 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
7230 @end table
7231
7232 @findex exclude
7233 The @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option prevents any file or
7234 member whose name matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from
7235 being operated on.
7236 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
7237 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
7238 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
7239
7240 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
7241
7242 @table @option
7243 @opindex exclude-from
7244 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
7245 @itemx -X @var{file}
7246 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
7247 @var{file}.
7248 @end table
7249
7250 @findex exclude-from
7251 Use the @option{--exclude-from} option to read a
7252 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
7253 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
7254 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
7255 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
7256 added to the archive.
7257
7258 Notice, that lines from @var{file} are read verbatim. One of the
7259 frequent errors is leaving some extra whitespace after a file name,
7260 which is difficult to catch using text editors.
7261
7262 However, empty lines are OK.
7263
7264 @table @option
7265 @cindex version control system, excluding files
7266 @cindex VCS, excluding files
7267 @cindex SCCS, excluding files
7268 @cindex RCS, excluding files
7269 @cindex CVS, excluding files
7270 @cindex SVN, excluding files
7271 @cindex git, excluding files
7272 @cindex Bazaar, excluding files
7273 @cindex Arch, excluding files
7274 @cindex Mercurial, excluding files
7275 @cindex Darcs, excluding files
7276 @opindex exclude-vcs
7277 @item --exclude-vcs
7278 Exclude files and directories used by following version control
7279 systems: @samp{CVS}, @samp{RCS}, @samp{SCCS}, @samp{SVN}, @samp{Arch},
7280 @samp{Bazaar}, @samp{Mercurial}, and @samp{Darcs}.
7281
7282 As of version @value{VERSION}, the following files are excluded:
7283
7284 @itemize @bullet
7285 @item @file{CVS/}, and everything under it
7286 @item @file{RCS/}, and everything under it
7287 @item @file{SCCS/}, and everything under it
7288 @item @file{.git/}, and everything under it
7289 @item @file{.gitignore}
7290 @item @file{.cvsignore}
7291 @item @file{.svn/}, and everything under it
7292 @item @file{.arch-ids/}, and everything under it
7293 @item @file{@{arch@}/}, and everything under it
7294 @item @file{=RELEASE-ID}
7295 @item @file{=meta-update}
7296 @item @file{=update}
7297 @item @file{.bzr}
7298 @item @file{.bzrignore}
7299 @item @file{.bzrtags}
7300 @item @file{.hg}
7301 @item @file{.hgignore}
7302 @item @file{.hgrags}
7303 @item @file{_darcs}
7304 @end itemize
7305
7306 @opindex exclude-backups
7307 @item --exclude-backups
7308 Exclude backup and lock files. This option causes exclusion of files
7309 that match the following shell globbing patterns:
7310
7311 @table @asis
7312 @item .#*
7313 @item *~
7314 @item #*#
7315 @end table
7316
7317 @end table
7318
7319 @findex exclude-caches
7320 When creating an archive, the @option{--exclude-caches} option family
7321 causes @command{tar} to exclude all directories that contain a @dfn{cache
7322 directory tag}. A cache directory tag is a short file with the
7323 well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} and having a standard header
7324 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
7325 Various applications write cache directory tags into directories they
7326 use to hold regenerable, non-precious data, so that such data can be
7327 more easily excluded from backups.
7328
7329 There are three @samp{exclude-caches} options, each providing a different
7330 exclusion semantics:
7331
7332 @table @option
7333 @opindex exclude-caches
7334 @item --exclude-caches
7335 Do not archive the contents of the directory, but archive the
7336 directory itself and the @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file.
7337
7338 @opindex exclude-caches-under
7339 @item --exclude-caches-under
7340 Do not archive the contents of the directory, nor the
7341 @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file, archive only the directory itself.
7342
7343 @opindex exclude-caches-all
7344 @item --exclude-caches-all
7345 Omit directories containing @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file entirely.
7346 @end table
7347
7348 @findex exclude-tag
7349 Another option family, @option{--exclude-tag}, provides a generalization of
7350 this concept. It takes a single argument, a file name to look for.
7351 Any directory that contains this file will be excluded from the dump.
7352 Similarly to @samp{exclude-caches}, there are three options in this
7353 option family:
7354
7355 @table @option
7356 @opindex exclude-tag
7357 @item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
7358 Do not dump the contents of the directory, but dump the
7359 directory itself and the @var{file}.
7360
7361 @opindex exclude-tag-under
7362 @item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
7363 Do not dump the contents of the directory, nor the
7364 @var{file}, archive only the directory itself.
7365
7366 @opindex exclude-tag-all
7367 @item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
7368 Omit directories containing @var{file} file entirely.
7369 @end table
7370
7371 Multiple @option{--exclude-tag*} options can be given.
7372
7373 For example, given this directory:
7374
7375 @smallexample
7376 @group
7377 $ @kbd{find dir}
7378 dir
7379 dir/blues
7380 dir/jazz
7381 dir/folk
7382 dir/folk/tagfile
7383 dir/folk/sanjuan
7384 dir/folk/trote
7385 @end group
7386 @end smallexample
7387
7388 The @option{--exclude-tag} will produce the following:
7389
7390 @smallexample
7391 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag=tagfile -v dir}
7392 dir/
7393 dir/blues
7394 dir/jazz
7395 dir/folk/
7396 tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7397 contents not dumped
7398 dir/folk/tagfile
7399 @end smallexample
7400
7401 Both the @file{dir/folk} directory and its tagfile are preserved in
7402 the archive, however the rest of files in this directory are not.
7403
7404 Now, using the @option{--exclude-tag-under} option will exclude
7405 @file{tagfile} from the dump, while still preserving the directory
7406 itself, as shown in this example:
7407
7408 @smallexample
7409 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-under=tagfile -v dir}
7410 dir/
7411 dir/blues
7412 dir/jazz
7413 dir/folk/
7414 ./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7415 contents not dumped
7416 @end smallexample
7417
7418 Finally, using @option{--exclude-tag-all} omits the @file{dir/folk}
7419 directory entirely:
7420
7421 @smallexample
7422 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-all=tagfile -v dir}
7423 dir/
7424 dir/blues
7425 dir/jazz
7426 ./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7427 directory not dumped
7428 @end smallexample
7429
7430 @menu
7431 * problems with exclude::
7432 @end menu
7433
7434 @node problems with exclude
7435 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
7436
7437 @xopindex{exclude, potential problems with}
7438 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
7439 pitfalls:
7440
7441 @itemize @bullet
7442 @item
7443 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a file name
7444 explicitly listed on the command line, if one of its file name
7445 components is excluded. In the example above, if
7446 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
7447 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
7448 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
7449
7450 @item
7451 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @option{--exclude} and
7452 @option{--exclude-from}. Be careful: use @option{--exclude} when files
7453 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
7454 @option{--exclude-from} to introduce the name of a file which contains
7455 a list of patterns, one per line; each of these patterns can exclude
7456 zero, one, or many files.
7457
7458 @item
7459 When you use @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}}, be sure to quote the
7460 @var{pattern} parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
7461 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
7462 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
7463 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
7464 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
7465
7466 For example, write:
7467
7468 @smallexample
7469 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
7470 @end smallexample
7471
7472 @noindent
7473 rather than:
7474
7475 @smallexample
7476 # @emph{Wrong!}
7477 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
7478 @end smallexample
7479
7480 @item
7481 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
7482 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
7483 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
7484 might fail.
7485
7486 @item
7487 @FIXME{The change in semantics must have occurred before 1.11,
7488 so I doubt if it is worth mentioning at all. Anyway, should at
7489 least specify in which version the semantics changed.}
7490 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
7491 @option{--exclude-from} option was called @option{--exclude} instead.
7492 Now, @option{--exclude} applies to patterns listed on the command
7493 line and @option{--exclude-from} applies to patterns listed in a
7494 file.
7495
7496 @end itemize
7497
7498 @node wildcards
7499 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
7500
7501 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
7502 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
7503 existing files matching the given pattern. @GNUTAR{} can use wildcard
7504 patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members when extracting
7505 from or listing an archive. Wildcard patterns are also used for
7506 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
7507 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
7508
7509 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
7510
7511 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
7512 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
7513 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
7514 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
7515 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
7516 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
7517 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
7518 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
7519 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
7520
7521 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
7522 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
7523 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
7524 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
7525 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
7526 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
7527 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
7528 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
7529 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
7530 @emph{last} in a character class.)
7531
7532 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
7533 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
7534 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
7535 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
7536 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
7537 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
7538
7539 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
7540 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
7541 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
7542 @var{e}, inclusive.
7543
7544 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
7545 who don't have dan around.}
7546
7547 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
7548 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
7549 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
7550 string: thus, excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
7551
7552 @menu
7553 * controlling pattern-matching::
7554 @end menu
7555
7556 @node controlling pattern-matching
7557 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching
7558
7559 For the purposes of this section, we call @dfn{exclusion members} all
7560 member names obtained while processing @option{--exclude} and
7561 @option{--exclude-from} options, and @dfn{inclusion members} those
7562 member names that were given in the command line or read from the file
7563 specified with @option{--files-from} option.
7564
7565 These two pairs of member lists are used in the following operations:
7566 @option{--diff}, @option{--extract}, @option{--list},
7567 @option{--update}.
7568
7569 There are no inclusion members in create mode (@option{--create} and
7570 @option{--append}), since in this mode the names obtained from the
7571 command line refer to @emph{files}, not archive members.
7572
7573 By default, inclusion members are compared with archive members
7574 literally @footnote{Notice that earlier @GNUTAR{} versions used
7575 globbing for inclusion members, which contradicted to UNIX98
7576 specification and was not documented. @xref{Changes}, for more
7577 information on this and other changes.} and exclusion members are
7578 treated as globbing patterns. For example:
7579
7580 @smallexample
7581 @group
7582 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
7583 a.c
7584 b.c
7585 a.txt
7586 [remarks]
7587 # @i{Member names are used verbatim:}
7588 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v '[remarks]'}
7589 [remarks]
7590 # @i{Exclude member names are globbed:}
7591 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --exclude '*.c'}
7592 a.txt
7593 [remarks]
7594 @end group
7595 @end smallexample
7596
7597 This behavior can be altered by using the following options:
7598
7599 @table @option
7600 @opindex wildcards
7601 @item --wildcards
7602 Treat all member names as wildcards.
7603
7604 @opindex no-wildcards
7605 @item --no-wildcards
7606 Treat all member names as literal strings.
7607 @end table
7608
7609 Thus, to extract files whose names end in @samp{.c}, you can use:
7610
7611 @smallexample
7612 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --wildcards '*.c'}
7613 a.c
7614 b.c
7615 @end smallexample
7616
7617 @noindent
7618 Notice quoting of the pattern to prevent the shell from interpreting
7619 it.
7620
7621 The effect of @option{--wildcards} option is canceled by
7622 @option{--no-wildcards}. This can be used to pass part of
7623 the command line arguments verbatim and other part as globbing
7624 patterns. For example, the following invocation:
7625
7626 @smallexample
7627 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar --wildcards '*.txt' --no-wildcards '[remarks]'}
7628 @end smallexample
7629
7630 @noindent
7631 instructs @command{tar} to extract from @file{foo.tar} all files whose
7632 names end in @samp{.txt} and the file named @file{[remarks]}.
7633
7634 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
7635 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
7636 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
7637 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
7638
7639 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
7640 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
7641 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
7642 before deciding whether to exclude it.
7643
7644 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
7645 below. These options accumulate. For example:
7646
7647 @smallexample
7648 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
7649 @end smallexample
7650
7651 @noindent
7652 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
7653 @samp{readme}.
7654
7655 @table @option
7656 @opindex anchored
7657 @opindex no-anchored
7658 @item --anchored
7659 @itemx --no-anchored
7660 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
7661 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
7662 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored} for exclusion members
7663 and @option{--anchored} inclusion members.
7664
7665 @opindex ignore-case
7666 @opindex no-ignore-case
7667 @item --ignore-case
7668 @itemx --no-ignore-case
7669 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
7670 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
7671
7672 @opindex wildcards-match-slash
7673 @opindex no-wildcards-match-slash
7674 @item --wildcards-match-slash
7675 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
7676 When wildcards match slash (the default for exclusion members), a
7677 wildcard like @samp{*} in the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the
7678 name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is matched only by @samp{/}.
7679
7680 @end table
7681
7682 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
7683 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how member patterns are interpreted. If
7684 recursion is in effect, a pattern matches a name if it matches any of
7685 the name's parent directories.
7686
7687 The following table summarizes pattern-matching default values:
7688
7689 @multitable @columnfractions .3 .7
7690 @headitem Members @tab Default settings
7691 @item Inclusion @tab @option{--no-wildcards --anchored --no-wildcards-match-slash}
7692 @item Exclusion @tab @option{--wildcards --no-anchored --wildcards-match-slash}
7693 @end multitable
7694
7695 @node quoting styles
7696 @section Quoting Member Names
7697
7698 When displaying member names, @command{tar} takes care to avoid
7699 ambiguities caused by certain characters. This is called @dfn{name
7700 quoting}. The characters in question are:
7701
7702 @itemize @bullet
7703 @item Non-printable control characters:
7704 @anchor{escape sequences}
7705 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.10 0.60
7706 @headitem Character @tab @acronym{ASCII} @tab Character name
7707 @item \a @tab 7 @tab Audible bell
7708 @item \b @tab 8 @tab Backspace
7709 @item \f @tab 12 @tab Form feed
7710 @item \n @tab 10 @tab New line
7711 @item \r @tab 13 @tab Carriage return
7712 @item \t @tab 9 @tab Horizontal tabulation
7713 @item \v @tab 11 @tab Vertical tabulation
7714 @end multitable
7715
7716 @item Space (@acronym{ASCII} 32)
7717
7718 @item Single and double quotes (@samp{'} and @samp{"})
7719
7720 @item Backslash (@samp{\})
7721 @end itemize
7722
7723 The exact way @command{tar} uses to quote these characters depends on
7724 the @dfn{quoting style}. The default quoting style, called
7725 @dfn{escape} (see below), uses backslash notation to represent control
7726 characters, space and backslash. Using this quoting style, control
7727 characters are represented as listed in column @samp{Character} in the
7728 above table, a space is printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}.
7729
7730 @GNUTAR{} offers seven distinct quoting styles, which can be selected
7731 using @option{--quoting-style} option:
7732
7733 @table @option
7734 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
7735 @opindex quoting-style
7736
7737 Sets quoting style. Valid values for @var{style} argument are:
7738 literal, shell, shell-always, c, escape, locale, clocale.
7739 @end table
7740
7741 These styles are described in detail below. To illustrate their
7742 effect, we will use an imaginary tar archive @file{arch.tar}
7743 containing the following members:
7744
7745 @smallexample
7746 @group
7747 # 1. Contains horizontal tabulation character.
7748 a tab
7749 # 2. Contains newline character
7750 a
7751 newline
7752 # 3. Contains a space
7753 a space
7754 # 4. Contains double quotes
7755 a"double"quote
7756 # 5. Contains single quotes
7757 a'single'quote
7758 # 6. Contains a backslash character:
7759 a\backslash
7760 @end group
7761 @end smallexample
7762
7763 Here is how usual @command{ls} command would have listed them, if they
7764 had existed in the current working directory:
7765
7766 @smallexample
7767 @group
7768 $ @kbd{ls}
7769 a\ttab
7770 a\nnewline
7771 a\ space
7772 a"double"quote
7773 a'single'quote
7774 a\\backslash
7775 @end group
7776 @end smallexample
7777
7778 Quoting styles:
7779
7780 @table @samp
7781 @item literal
7782 No quoting, display each character as is:
7783
7784 @smallexample
7785 @group
7786 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=literal}
7787 ./
7788 ./a space
7789 ./a'single'quote
7790 ./a"double"quote
7791 ./a\backslash
7792 ./a tab
7793 ./a
7794 newline
7795 @end group
7796 @end smallexample
7797
7798 @item shell
7799 Display characters the same way Bourne shell does:
7800 control characters, except @samp{\t} and @samp{\n}, are printed using
7801 backslash escapes, @samp{\t} and @samp{\n} are printed as is, and a
7802 single quote is printed as @samp{\'}. If a name contains any quoted
7803 characters, it is enclosed in single quotes. In particular, if a name
7804 contains single quotes, it is printed as several single-quoted strings:
7805
7806 @smallexample
7807 @group
7808 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell}
7809 ./
7810 './a space'
7811 './a'\''single'\''quote'
7812 './a"double"quote'
7813 './a\backslash'
7814 './a tab'
7815 './a
7816 newline'
7817 @end group
7818 @end smallexample
7819
7820 @item shell-always
7821 Same as @samp{shell}, but the names are always enclosed in single
7822 quotes:
7823
7824 @smallexample
7825 @group
7826 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell-always}
7827 './'
7828 './a space'
7829 './a'\''single'\''quote'
7830 './a"double"quote'
7831 './a\backslash'
7832 './a tab'
7833 './a
7834 newline'
7835 @end group
7836 @end smallexample
7837
7838 @item c
7839 Use the notation of the C programming language. All names are
7840 enclosed in double quotes. Control characters are quoted using
7841 backslash notations, double quotes are represented as @samp{\"},
7842 backslash characters are represented as @samp{\\}. Single quotes and
7843 spaces are not quoted:
7844
7845 @smallexample
7846 @group
7847 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=c}
7848 "./"
7849 "./a space"
7850 "./a'single'quote"
7851 "./a\"double\"quote"
7852 "./a\\backslash"
7853 "./a\ttab"
7854 "./a\nnewline"
7855 @end group
7856 @end smallexample
7857
7858 @item escape
7859 Control characters are printed using backslash notation, a space is
7860 printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}. This is the
7861 default quoting style, unless it was changed when configured the
7862 package.
7863
7864 @smallexample
7865 @group
7866 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape}
7867 ./
7868 ./a space
7869 ./a'single'quote
7870 ./a"double"quote
7871 ./a\\backslash
7872 ./a\ttab
7873 ./a\nnewline
7874 @end group
7875 @end smallexample
7876
7877 @item locale
7878 Control characters, single quote and backslash are printed using
7879 backslash notation. All names are quoted using left and right
7880 quotation marks, appropriate to the current locale. If it does not
7881 define quotation marks, use @samp{'} as left and as right
7882 quotation marks. Any occurrences of the right quotation mark in a
7883 name are escaped with @samp{\}, for example:
7884
7885 For example:
7886
7887 @smallexample
7888 @group
7889 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=locale}
7890 './'
7891 './a space'
7892 './a\'single\'quote'
7893 './a"double"quote'
7894 './a\\backslash'
7895 './a\ttab'
7896 './a\nnewline'
7897 @end group
7898 @end smallexample
7899
7900 @item clocale
7901 Same as @samp{locale}, but @samp{"} is used for both left and right
7902 quotation marks, if not provided by the currently selected locale:
7903
7904 @smallexample
7905 @group
7906 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=clocale}
7907 "./"
7908 "./a space"
7909 "./a'single'quote"
7910 "./a\"double\"quote"
7911 "./a\\backslash"
7912 "./a\ttab"
7913 "./a\nnewline"
7914 @end group
7915 @end smallexample
7916 @end table
7917
7918 You can specify which characters should be quoted in addition to those
7919 implied by the current quoting style:
7920
7921 @table @option
7922 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
7923 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
7924 quoting style would not quote them.
7925 @end table
7926
7927 For example, using @samp{escape} quoting (compare with the usual
7928 escape listing above):
7929
7930 @smallexample
7931 @group
7932 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape --quote-chars=' "'}
7933 ./
7934 ./a\ space
7935 ./a'single'quote
7936 ./a\"double\"quote
7937 ./a\\backslash
7938 ./a\ttab
7939 ./a\nnewline
7940 @end group
7941 @end smallexample
7942
7943 To disable quoting of such additional characters, use the following
7944 option:
7945
7946 @table @option
7947 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
7948 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
7949 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option.
7950 @end table
7951
7952 This option is particularly useful if you have added
7953 @option{--quote-chars} to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS})
7954 and wish to disable it for the current invocation.
7955
7956 Note, that @option{--no-quote-chars} does @emph{not} disable those
7957 characters that are quoted by default in the selected quoting style.
7958
7959 @node transform
7960 @section Modifying File and Member Names
7961
7962 @command{Tar} archives contain detailed information about files stored
7963 in them and full file names are part of that information. When
7964 storing a file to an archive, its file name is recorded in it,
7965 along with the actual file contents. When restoring from an archive,
7966 a file is created on disk with exactly the same name as that stored
7967 in the archive. In the majority of cases this is the desired behavior
7968 of a file archiver. However, there are some cases when it is not.
7969
7970 First of all, it is often unsafe to extract archive members with
7971 absolute file names or those that begin with a @file{../}. @GNUTAR{}
7972 takes special precautions when extracting such names and provides a
7973 special option for handling them, which is described in
7974 @ref{absolute}.
7975
7976 Secondly, you may wish to extract file names without some leading
7977 directory components, or with otherwise modified names. In other
7978 cases it is desirable to store files under differing names in the
7979 archive.
7980
7981 @GNUTAR{} provides several options for these needs.
7982
7983 @table @option
7984 @opindex strip-components
7985 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
7986 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
7987 extraction.
7988 @end table
7989
7990 For example, suppose you have archived whole @file{/usr} hierarchy to
7991 a tar archive named @file{usr.tar}. Among other files, this archive
7992 contains @file{usr/include/stdlib.h}, which you wish to extract to
7993 the current working directory. To do so, you type:
7994
7995 @smallexample
7996 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
7997 @end smallexample
7998
7999 The option @option{--strip=2} instructs @command{tar} to strip the
8000 two leading components (@file{usr/} and @file{include/}) off the file
8001 name.
8002
8003 If you add the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option to the invocation
8004 above, you will note that the verbose listing still contains the
8005 full file name, with the two removed components still in place. This
8006 can be inconvenient, so @command{tar} provides a special option for
8007 altering this behavior:
8008
8009 @anchor{show-transformed-names}
8010 @table @option
8011 @opindex show-transformed-names
8012 @item --show-transformed-names
8013 Display file or member names with all requested transformations
8014 applied.
8015 @end table
8016
8017 @noindent
8018 For example:
8019
8020 @smallexample
8021 @group
8022 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
8023 usr/include/stdlib.h
8024 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 --show-transformed usr/include/stdlib.h}
8025 stdlib.h
8026 @end group
8027 @end smallexample
8028
8029 Notice that in both cases the file @file{stdlib.h} is extracted to the
8030 current working directory, @option{--show-transformed-names} affects
8031 only the way its name is displayed.
8032
8033 This option is especially useful for verifying whether the invocation
8034 will have the desired effect. Thus, before running
8035
8036 @smallexample
8037 $ @kbd{tar -x --strip=@var{n}}
8038 @end smallexample
8039
8040 @noindent
8041 it is often advisable to run
8042
8043 @smallexample
8044 $ @kbd{tar -t -v --show-transformed --strip=@var{n}}
8045 @end smallexample
8046
8047 @noindent
8048 to make sure the command will produce the intended results.
8049
8050 In case you need to apply more complex modifications to the file name,
8051 @GNUTAR{} provides a general-purpose transformation option:
8052
8053 @table @option
8054 @opindex transform
8055 @opindex xform
8056 @item --transform=@var{expression}
8057 @itemx --xform=@var{expression}
8058 Modify file names using supplied @var{expression}.
8059 @end table
8060
8061 @noindent
8062 The @var{expression} is a @command{sed}-like replace expression of the
8063 form:
8064
8065 @smallexample
8066 s/@var{regexp}/@var{replace}/[@var{flags}]
8067 @end smallexample
8068
8069 @noindent
8070 where @var{regexp} is a @dfn{regular expression}, @var{replace} is a
8071 replacement for each file name part that matches @var{regexp}. Both
8072 @var{regexp} and @var{replace} are described in detail in
8073 @ref{The "s" Command, The "s" Command, The `s' Command, sed, GNU sed}.
8074
8075 Any delimiter can be used in lieu of @samp{/}, the only requirement being
8076 that it be used consistently throughout the expression. For example,
8077 the following two expressions are equivalent:
8078
8079 @smallexample
8080 @group
8081 s/one/two/
8082 s,one,two,
8083 @end group
8084 @end smallexample
8085
8086 Changing delimiters is often useful when the @var{regex} contains
8087 slashes. For example, it is more convenient to write @code{s,/,-,} than
8088 @code{s/\//-/}.
8089
8090 As in @command{sed}, you can give several replace expressions,
8091 separated by a semicolon.
8092
8093 Supported @var{flags} are:
8094
8095 @table @samp
8096 @item g
8097 Apply the replacement to @emph{all} matches to the @var{regexp}, not
8098 just the first.
8099
8100 @item i
8101 Use case-insensitive matching.
8102
8103 @item x
8104 @var{regexp} is an @dfn{extended regular expression} (@pxref{Extended
8105 regexps, Extended regular expressions, Extended regular expressions,
8106 sed, GNU sed}).
8107
8108 @item @var{number}
8109 Only replace the @var{number}th match of the @var{regexp}.
8110
8111 Note: the @acronym{POSIX} standard does not specify what should happen
8112 when you mix the @samp{g} and @var{number} modifiers. @GNUTAR{}
8113 follows the GNU @command{sed} implementation in this regard, so
8114 the interaction is defined to be: ignore matches before the
8115 @var{number}th, and then match and replace all matches from the
8116 @var{number}th on.
8117
8118 @end table
8119
8120 In addition, several @dfn{transformation scope} flags are supported,
8121 that control to what files transformations apply. These are:
8122
8123 @table @samp
8124 @item r
8125 Apply transformation to regular archive members.
8126
8127 @item R
8128 Do not apply transformation to regular archive members.
8129
8130 @item s
8131 Apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
8132
8133 @item S
8134 Do not apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
8135
8136 @item h
8137 Apply transformation to hard link targets.
8138
8139 @item H
8140 Do not apply transformation to hard link targets.
8141 @end table
8142
8143 Default is @samp{rsh}, which means to apply tranformations to both archive
8144 members and targets of symbolic and hard links.
8145
8146 Default scope flags can also be changed using @samp{flags=} statement
8147 in the transform expression. The flags set this way remain in force
8148 until next @samp{flags=} statement or end of expression, whichever
8149 occurs first. For example:
8150
8151 @smallexample
8152 --transform 'flags=S;s|^|/usr/local/|'
8153 @end smallexample
8154
8155 Here are several examples of @option{--transform} usage:
8156
8157 @enumerate
8158 @item Extract @file{usr/} hierarchy into @file{usr/local/}:
8159
8160 @smallexample
8161 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,usr/,usr/local/,' -x -f arch.tar}
8162 @end smallexample
8163
8164 @item Strip two leading directory components (equivalent to
8165 @option{--strip-components=2}):
8166
8167 @smallexample
8168 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,/*[^/]*/[^/]*/,,' -x -f arch.tar}
8169 @end smallexample
8170
8171 @item Convert each file name to lower case:
8172
8173 @smallexample
8174 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's/.*/\L&/' -x -f arch.tar}
8175 @end smallexample
8176
8177 @item Prepend @file{/prefix/} to each file name:
8178
8179 @smallexample
8180 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/prefix/,' -x -f arch.tar}
8181 @end smallexample
8182
8183 @item Archive the @file{/lib} directory, prepending @samp{/usr/local}
8184 to each archive member:
8185
8186 @smallexample
8187 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/usr/local/,S' -c -f arch.tar /lib}
8188 @end smallexample
8189 @end enumerate
8190
8191 Notice the use of flags in the last example. The @file{/lib}
8192 directory often contains many symbolic links to files within it.
8193 It may look, for example, like this:
8194
8195 @smallexample
8196 $ @kbd{ls -l}
8197 drwxr-xr-x root/root 0 2008-07-08 16:20 /lib/
8198 -rwxr-xr-x root/root 1250840 2008-05-25 07:44 /lib/libc-2.3.2.so
8199 lrwxrwxrwx root/root 0 2008-06-24 17:12 /lib/libc.so.6 -> libc-2.3.2.so
8200 ...
8201 @end smallexample
8202
8203 Using the expression @samp{s,^,/usr/local/,} would mean adding
8204 @samp{/usr/local} to both regular archive members and to link
8205 targets. In this case, @file{/lib/libc.so.6} would become:
8206
8207 @smallexample
8208 /usr/local/lib/libc.so.6 -> /usr/local/libc-2.3.2.so
8209 @end smallexample
8210
8211 This is definitely not desired. To avoid this, the @samp{S} flag
8212 is used, which excludes symbolic link targets from filename
8213 transformations. The result is:
8214
8215 @smallexample
8216 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/usr/local/,S', -c -v -f arch.tar \
8217 --show-transformed /lib}
8218 drwxr-xr-x root/root 0 2008-07-08 16:20 /usr/local/lib/
8219 -rwxr-xr-x root/root 1250840 2008-05-25 07:44 /usr/local/lib/libc-2.3.2.so
8220 lrwxrwxrwx root/root 0 2008-06-24 17:12 /usr/local/lib/libc.so.6 \
8221 -> libc-2.3.2.so
8222 @end smallexample
8223
8224 Unlike @option{--strip-components}, @option{--transform} can be used
8225 in any @GNUTAR{} operation mode. For example, the following command
8226 adds files to the archive while replacing the leading @file{usr/}
8227 component with @file{var/}:
8228
8229 @smallexample
8230 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' /}
8231 @end smallexample
8232
8233 To test @option{--transform} effect we suggest using
8234 @option{--show-transformed-names} option:
8235
8236 @smallexample
8237 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' \
8238 --verbose --show-transformed-names /}
8239 @end smallexample
8240
8241 If both @option{--strip-components} and @option{--transform} are used
8242 together, then @option{--transform} is applied first, and the required
8243 number of components is then stripped from its result.
8244
8245 You can use as many @option{--transform} options in a single command
8246 line as you want. The specified expressions will then be applied in
8247 order of their appearance. For example, the following two invocations
8248 are equivalent:
8249
8250 @smallexample
8251 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,/usr/var,/var/' \
8252 --transform='s,/usr/local,/usr/,'}
8253 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar \
8254 --transform='s,/usr/var,/var/;s,/usr/local,/usr/,'}
8255 @end smallexample
8256
8257 @node after
8258 @section Operating Only on New Files
8259
8260 @cindex Excluding file by age
8261 @cindex Data Modification time, excluding files by
8262 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
8263 @cindex Age, excluding files by
8264 The @option{--after-date=@var{date}} (@option{--newer=@var{date}},
8265 @option{-N @var{date}}) option causes @command{tar} to only work on
8266 files whose data modification or status change times are newer than
8267 the @var{date} given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.},
8268 it is taken to be a file name; the data modification time of that file
8269 is used as the date. If you use this option when creating or appending
8270 to an archive, the archive will only include new files. If you use
8271 @option{--after-date} when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will
8272 only extract files newer than the @var{date} you specify.
8273
8274 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
8275 modification of the file's data (rather than status
8276 changes), then use the @option{--newer-mtime=@var{date}} option.
8277
8278 @cindex --after-date and --update compared
8279 @cindex --newer-mtime and --update compared
8280 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
8281 differ from the @option{--update} (@option{-u}) operation in that they
8282 allow you to specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can
8283 compare when deciding whether or not to archive the files.
8284
8285 @table @option
8286 @opindex after-date
8287 @opindex newer
8288 @item --after-date=@var{date}
8289 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
8290 @itemx -N @var{date}
8291 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
8292
8293 Acts on files only if their data modification or status change times are
8294 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
8295
8296 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
8297 name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
8298
8299 @opindex newer-mtime
8300 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
8301 Acts like @option{--after-date}, but only looks at data modification times.
8302 @end table
8303
8304 These options limit @command{tar} to operate only on files which have
8305 been modified after the date specified. A file's status is considered to have
8306 changed if its contents have been modified, or if its owner,
8307 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
8308 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
8309 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
8310
8311 Gurus would say that @option{--after-date} tests both the data
8312 modification time (@code{mtime}, the time the contents of the file
8313 were last modified) and the status change time (@code{ctime}, the time
8314 the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc.@:)
8315 fields, while @option{--newer-mtime} tests only the @code{mtime}
8316 field.
8317
8318 To be precise, @option{--after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
8319 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
8320 @var{date}, while @option{--newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
8321 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither does it use @code{atime} (the last time the
8322 contents of the file were looked at).
8323
8324 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
8325 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
8326 arguments. For example, the following command will add to the archive
8327 all the files modified less than two days ago:
8328
8329 @smallexample
8330 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar --newer-mtime '2 days ago'}
8331 @end smallexample
8332
8333 When any of these options is used with the option @option{--verbose}
8334 (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{} will try to convert the specified
8335 date back to its textual representation and compare that with the
8336 one given with the option. If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
8337 print a warning saying what date it will use. This is to help user
8338 ensure he is using the right date. For example:
8339
8340 @smallexample
8341 @group
8342 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --after-date='10 days ago' .}
8343 tar: Option --after-date: Treating date '10 days ago' as 2006-06-11
8344 13:19:37.232434
8345 @end group
8346 @end smallexample
8347
8348 @quotation
8349 @strong{Please Note:} @option{--after-date} and @option{--newer-mtime}
8350 should not be used for incremental backups. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
8351 for proper way of creating incremental backups.
8352 @end quotation
8353
8354 @node recurse
8355 @section Descending into Directories
8356 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
8357 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
8358 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
8359 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
8360
8361 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
8362 those given on the command line or through the @option{--files-from}
8363 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
8364 want @command{tar} to act this way.
8365
8366 @opindex no-recursion
8367 @cindex @command{find}, using with @command{tar}
8368 The @option{--no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
8369 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
8370 use the @command{find} (@pxref{Top,, find, find, GNU Find Manual})
8371 utility for hunting through levels of directories to
8372 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
8373 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
8374 archive; see @ref{files}, for more information on using @command{find} with
8375 @command{tar}.
8376
8377 @table @option
8378 @item --no-recursion
8379 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
8380
8381 @opindex recursion
8382 @item --recursion
8383 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
8384 This is the default.
8385 @end table
8386
8387 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
8388 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
8389 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
8390 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
8391 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{-not -type d}}
8392 test in their @command{find} invocation (@pxref{Type, Type, Type test,
8393 find, Finding Files}), as they usually do not want all the files in a
8394 directory. They then use the @option{--files-from} option to archive
8395 the files located via @command{find}.
8396
8397 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
8398 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
8399 @option{--same-permissions} (@option{--preserve-permissions},
8400 @option{-p}) option does not affect them---while users might really
8401 like it to. Specifying @option{--no-recursion} is a way to tell
8402 @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
8403 no new files on its own. To summarize, if you use @command{find} to
8404 create a list of files to be stored in an archive, use it as follows:
8405
8406 @smallexample
8407 @group
8408 $ @kbd{find @var{dir} @var{tests} | \
8409 tar -cf @var{archive} -T - --no-recursion}
8410 @end group
8411 @end smallexample
8412
8413 The @option{--no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
8414 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
8415 the files under those directories.
8416
8417 The @option{--no-recursion} option also affects how globbing patterns
8418 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-matching}).
8419
8420 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
8421 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
8422 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
8423
8424 @smallexample
8425 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --no-recursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
8426 @end smallexample
8427
8428 @noindent
8429 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
8430 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
8431 other than @file{grape/concord}.
8432
8433 @node one
8434 @section Crossing File System Boundaries
8435 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
8436
8437 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
8438 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
8439 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
8440 @option{--one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
8441 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
8442 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
8443 or through @option{--files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
8444
8445 @table @option
8446 @opindex one-file-system
8447 @item --one-file-system
8448 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
8449 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
8450 @end table
8451
8452 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
8453 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
8454 a directory is not on the same file system as the directory itself, then
8455 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
8456 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
8457 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
8458
8459 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
8460 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
8461 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}), files that are excluded are
8462 mentioned by name on the standard error.
8463
8464 @menu
8465 * directory:: Changing Directory
8466 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
8467 @end menu
8468
8469 @node directory
8470 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
8471
8472 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
8473 things around some.}
8474
8475 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
8476 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
8477 @cindex Working directory, specifying
8478 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
8479 either on the command line or in a file specified using
8480 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}), use @option{--directory} (@option{-C}).
8481 This will change the working directory to the specified directory
8482 after that point in the list.
8483
8484 @table @option
8485 @opindex directory
8486 @item --directory=@var{directory}
8487 @itemx -C @var{directory}
8488 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
8489 @end table
8490
8491 For example,
8492
8493 @smallexample
8494 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
8495 @end smallexample
8496
8497 @noindent
8498 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
8499 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
8500 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
8501 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
8502 store in the same archive.
8503
8504 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
8505 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
8506 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
8507 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
8508 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
8509
8510 Contrast this with the command,
8511
8512 @smallexample
8513 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
8514 @end smallexample
8515
8516 @noindent
8517 which records the third file in the archive under the name
8518 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
8519 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
8520 named @file{red}.
8521
8522 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
8523 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
8524 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
8525 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
8526 @file{foo.tar}:
8527
8528 @smallexample
8529 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
8530 @end smallexample
8531
8532 @noindent
8533 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
8534 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
8535 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
8536 directories where those files were located.
8537
8538 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
8539 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
8540 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
8541 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
8542 @option{--directory} option.
8543
8544 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
8545 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
8546 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
8547 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
8548 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
8549 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
8550 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
8551
8552 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
8553
8554 @smallexample
8555 @group
8556 -C/etc
8557 passwd
8558 hosts
8559 --directory=/lib
8560 libc.a
8561 @end group
8562 @end smallexample
8563
8564 @noindent
8565 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
8566
8567 @smallexample
8568 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
8569 @end smallexample
8570
8571 The interpretation of @option{--directory} is disabled by
8572 @option{--null} option.
8573
8574 @node absolute
8575 @subsection Absolute File Names
8576 @cindex absolute file names
8577 @cindex file names, absolute
8578
8579 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
8580 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
8581 component. There is an option that turns off this behavior:
8582
8583 @table @option
8584 @opindex absolute-names
8585 @item --absolute-names
8586 @itemx -P
8587 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
8588 containing a @file{..} file name component.
8589 @end table
8590
8591 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
8592 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
8593 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
8594 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
8595 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
8596 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
8597 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
8598 really @file{etc/passwd}.
8599
8600 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
8601 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
8602 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
8603
8604 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
8605 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
8606 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
8607 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
8608 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
8609 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
8610 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
8611 be @file{bin/ls}@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
8612 @option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
8613 is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
8614 @kbd{tar --list} command. This may be important if you use some
8615 scripts for comparing both outputs. @xref{listing member and file names},
8616 for the information on how to handle this case.}.
8617
8618 Symbolic links containing @file{..} or leading @samp{/} can also cause
8619 problems when extracting, so @command{tar} normally extracts them last;
8620 it may create empty files as placeholders during extraction.
8621
8622 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
8623 @command{tar} will do none of these transformations.
8624
8625 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
8626 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option.
8627
8628 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
8629 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
8630 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
8631
8632 When you specify @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
8633 @command{tar} stores file names including all superior directory
8634 names, and preserves leading slashes. If you only invoked
8635 @command{tar} from the root directory you would never need the
8636 @option{--absolute-names} option, but using this option
8637 may be more convenient than switching to root.
8638
8639 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
8640 to transfer files between systems.}
8641
8642 @table @option
8643 @item --absolute-names
8644 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
8645 archiving and extracting files.
8646
8647 @end table
8648
8649 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
8650 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
8651 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
8652 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
8653
8654 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
8655 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
8656 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
8657
8658 @smallexample
8659 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
8660 @end smallexample
8661
8662 @noindent
8663 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
8664 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
8665 For example:
8666
8667 @smallexample
8668 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
8669 @end smallexample
8670
8671 @xref{Integrity}, for some of the security-related implications
8672 of using this option.
8673
8674 @include parse-datetime.texi
8675
8676 @node Formats
8677 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
8678
8679 @cindex Tar archive formats
8680 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
8681 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
8682 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
8683
8684 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
8685 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
8686
8687 @table @asis
8688 @item gnu
8689 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
8690 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
8691 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
8692 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
8693 formats.
8694
8695 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold file names of unlimited
8696 length.
8697
8698 @item oldgnu
8699 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
8700
8701 @item v7
8702 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
8703 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
8704 are:
8705
8706 @enumerate
8707 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
8708 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
8709 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
8710 devices, fifos etc.)
8711 @item Maximum value of user or group @acronym{ID} is limited to 2097151 (7777777
8712 octal)
8713 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
8714 and group name of the file owner).
8715 @end enumerate
8716
8717 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
8718 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
8719 however this means that projects containing file names more than 99
8720 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
8721 Automake prior to 1.9.
8722
8723 @item ustar
8724 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
8725 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
8726 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
8727
8728 @enumerate
8729 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
8730 provided that the file name can be split at a directory separator in
8731 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
8732 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
8733 characters.
8734 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
8735 100 characters.
8736 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accommodate
8737 is 8GB
8738 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
8739 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
8740 @end enumerate
8741
8742 @item star
8743 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
8744 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
8745 currently does not produce them.
8746
8747 @item posix
8748 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
8749 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
8750 restrictions on file sizes or file name lengths. This format is quite
8751 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
8752 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
8753 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
8754 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
8755 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
8756 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
8757
8758 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
8759 of @GNUTAR{}.
8760
8761 @end table
8762
8763 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
8764 formats:
8765
8766 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
8767 @headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab File Name @tab Devn
8768 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
8769 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
8770 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
8771 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
8772 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
8773 @end multitable
8774
8775 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
8776 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
8777 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
8778 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
8779 switch to @samp{posix}.
8780
8781 @menu
8782 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
8783 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
8784 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
8785 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
8786 @end menu
8787
8788 @node Compression
8789 @section Using Less Space through Compression
8790
8791 @menu
8792 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
8793 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
8794 @end menu
8795
8796 @node gzip
8797 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
8798 @cindex Compressed archives
8799 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
8800
8801 @cindex gzip
8802 @cindex bzip2
8803 @cindex lzip
8804 @cindex lzma
8805 @cindex lzop
8806 @cindex compress
8807 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
8808 a wide variety of compression programs, namely: @command{gzip},
8809 @command{bzip2}, @command{lzip}, @command{lzma}, @command{lzop},
8810 @command{xz} and traditional @command{compress}. The latter is
8811 supported mostly for backward compatibility, and we recommend
8812 against using it, because it is by far less effective than the other
8813 compression programs@footnote{It also had patent problems in the past.}.
8814
8815 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
8816 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
8817 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
8818 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
8819 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive,
8820 @option{--lzip} to create an @asis{lzip} compressed archive,
8821 @option{-J} (@option{--xz}) to create an @asis{XZ} archive,
8822 @option{--lzma} to create an @asis{LZMA} compressed
8823 archive, @option{--lzop} to create an @asis{LSOP} archive, and
8824 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
8825 For example:
8826
8827 @smallexample
8828 $ @kbd{tar czf archive.tar.gz .}
8829 @end smallexample
8830
8831 You can also let @GNUTAR{} select the compression program based on
8832 the suffix of the archive file name. This is done using
8833 @option{--auto-compress} (@option{-a}) command line option. For
8834 example, the following invocation will use @command{bzip2} for
8835 compression:
8836
8837 @smallexample
8838 $ @kbd{tar caf archive.tar.bz2 .}
8839 @end smallexample
8840
8841 @noindent
8842 whereas the following one will use @command{lzma}:
8843
8844 @smallexample
8845 $ @kbd{tar caf archive.tar.lzma .}
8846 @end smallexample
8847
8848 For a complete list of file name suffixes recognized by @GNUTAR{},
8849 see @ref{auto-compress}.
8850
8851 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
8852 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
8853 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
8854 archive created in previous example:
8855
8856 @smallexample
8857 # List the compressed archive
8858 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
8859 # Extract the compressed archive
8860 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
8861 @end smallexample
8862
8863 The format recognition algorithm is based on @dfn{signatures}, a
8864 special byte sequences in the beginning of file, that are specific for
8865 certain compression formats. If this approach fails, @command{tar}
8866 falls back to using archive name suffix to determine its format
8867 (@pxref{auto-compress}, for a list of recognized suffixes).
8868
8869 @anchor{alternative decompression programs}
8870 @cindex alternative decompression programs
8871 Some compression programs are able to handle different compression
8872 formats. @GNUTAR{} uses this, if the principal decompressor for the
8873 given format is not available. For example, if @command{compress} is
8874 not installed, @command{tar} will try to use @command{gzip}. As of
8875 version @value{VERSION} the following alternatives are
8876 tried@footnote{To verbosely trace the decompressor selection, use the
8877 @option{--warning=decompress-program} option
8878 (@pxref{warnings,decompress-program}).}:
8879
8880 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.3 0.3
8881 @headitem Format @tab Main decompressor @tab Alternatives
8882 @item compress @tab compress @tab gzip
8883 @item lzma @tab lzma @tab xz
8884 @item bzip2 @tab bzip2 @tab lbzip2
8885 @end multitable
8886
8887 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
8888 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
8889 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
8890 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
8891
8892 @smallexample
8893 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
8894 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
8895 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
8896 @end smallexample
8897
8898 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
8899 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
8900
8901 @smallexample
8902 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tzf -}
8903 @end smallexample
8904
8905 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
8906 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
8907 modified, i.e., you cannot update (@option{--update}, alias @option{-u})
8908 them or delete (@option{--delete}) members from them or
8909 add (@option{--append}, alias @option{-r}) members to them. Likewise, you
8910 cannot append another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
8911 @option{--concatenate} (@option{-A}). Secondly, multi-volume
8912 archives cannot be compressed.
8913
8914 The following options allow to select a particular compressor program:
8915
8916 @table @option
8917 @opindex gzip
8918 @opindex ungzip
8919 @item -z
8920 @itemx --gzip
8921 @itemx --ungzip
8922 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
8923
8924 @opindex xz
8925 @item -J
8926 @itemx --xz
8927 Filter the archive through @code{xz}.
8928
8929 @item -j
8930 @itemx --bzip2
8931 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}.
8932
8933 @opindex lzip
8934 @item --lzip
8935 Filter the archive through @command{lzip}.
8936
8937 @opindex lzma
8938 @item --lzma
8939 Filter the archive through @command{lzma}.
8940
8941 @opindex lzop
8942 @item --lzop
8943 Filter the archive through @command{lzop}.
8944
8945 @opindex compress
8946 @opindex uncompress
8947 @item -Z
8948 @itemx --compress
8949 @itemx --uncompress
8950 Filter the archive through @command{compress}.
8951 @end table
8952
8953 When any of these options is given, @GNUTAR{} searches the compressor
8954 binary in the current path and invokes it. The name of the compressor
8955 program is specified at compilation time using a corresponding
8956 @option{--with-@var{compname}} option to @command{configure}, e.g.
8957 @option{--with-bzip2} to select a specific @command{bzip2} binary.
8958 @xref{lbzip2}, for a detailed discussion.
8959
8960 The output produced by @command{tar --help} shows the actual
8961 compressor names along with each of these options.
8962
8963 You can use any of these options on physical devices (tape drives,
8964 etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data to or from
8965 such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy of the
8966 @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
8967 size. The default compression parameters are used. Most compression
8968 programs let you override these by setting a program-specific
8969 environment variable. For example, with @command{gzip} you can set
8970 @env{GZIP}:
8971
8972 @smallexample
8973 $ @kbd{GZIP='-9 -n' tar czf archive.tar.gz subdir}
8974 @end smallexample
8975 Another way would be to use the @option{-I} option instead (see
8976 below), e.g.:
8977
8978 @smallexample
8979 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -I 'gzip -9 -n' subdir}
8980 @end smallexample
8981
8982 @noindent
8983 Finally, the third, traditional, way to do this is to use a pipe:
8984
8985 @smallexample
8986 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip -9 -n > archive.tar.gz}
8987 @end smallexample
8988
8989 @cindex corrupted archives
8990 Compressed archives are easily corrupted, because compressed files
8991 have little redundancy. The adaptive nature of the
8992 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
8993 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
8994 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
8995 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
8996
8997 Other compression options provide better control over creating
8998 compressed archives. These are:
8999
9000 @table @option
9001 @anchor{auto-compress}
9002 @opindex auto-compress
9003 @item --auto-compress
9004 @itemx -a
9005 Select a compression program to use by the archive file name
9006 suffix. The following suffixes are recognized:
9007
9008 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.6
9009 @headitem Suffix @tab Compression program
9010 @item @samp{.gz} @tab @command{gzip}
9011 @item @samp{.tgz} @tab @command{gzip}
9012 @item @samp{.taz} @tab @command{gzip}
9013 @item @samp{.Z} @tab @command{compress}
9014 @item @samp{.taZ} @tab @command{compress}
9015 @item @samp{.bz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9016 @item @samp{.tz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9017 @item @samp{.tbz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9018 @item @samp{.tbz} @tab @command{bzip2}
9019 @item @samp{.lz} @tab @command{lzip}
9020 @item @samp{.lzma} @tab @command{lzma}
9021 @item @samp{.tlz} @tab @command{lzma}
9022 @item @samp{.lzo} @tab @command{lzop}
9023 @item @samp{.xz} @tab @command{xz}
9024 @end multitable
9025
9026 @anchor{use-compress-program}
9027 @opindex use-compress-program
9028 @item --use-compress-program=@var{command}
9029 @itemx -I=@var{command}
9030 Use external compression program @var{command}. Use this option if you
9031 are not happy with the compression program associated with the suffix
9032 at compile time or if you have a compression program that @GNUTAR{}
9033 does not support. The @var{command} argument is a valid command
9034 invocation, as you would type it at the command line prompt, with any
9035 additional options as needed. Enclose it in quotes if it contains
9036 white space (see @ref{external, Running External Commands}, for more detail).
9037
9038 The @var{command} should follow two conventions:
9039
9040 First, when invoked without additional options, it should read data
9041 from standard input, compress it and output it on standard output.
9042
9043 Secondly, if invoked with the additional @option{-d} option, it should
9044 do exactly the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the
9045 standard input and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
9046
9047 The latter requirement means that you must not use the @option{-d}
9048 option as a part of the @var{command} itself.
9049 @end table
9050
9051 @cindex gpg, using with tar
9052 @cindex gnupg, using with tar
9053 @cindex Using encrypted archives
9054 The @option{--use-compress-program} option, in particular, lets you
9055 implement your own filters, not necessarily dealing with
9056 compression/decompression. For example, suppose you wish to implement
9057 PGP encryption on top of compression, using @command{gpg} (@pxref{Top,
9058 gpg, gpg ---- encryption and signing tool, gpg, GNU Privacy Guard
9059 Manual}). The following script does that:
9060
9061 @smallexample
9062 @group
9063 #! /bin/sh
9064 case $1 in
9065 -d) gpg --decrypt - | gzip -d -c;;
9066 '') gzip -c | gpg -s;;
9067 *) echo "Unknown option $1">&2; exit 1;;
9068 esac
9069 @end group
9070 @end smallexample
9071
9072 Suppose you name it @file{gpgz} and save it somewhere in your
9073 @env{PATH}. Then the following command will create a compressed
9074 archive signed with your private key:
9075
9076 @smallexample
9077 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar.gpgz -Igpgz .}
9078 @end smallexample
9079
9080 @noindent
9081 Likewise, the command below will list its contents:
9082
9083 @smallexample
9084 $ @kbd{tar -tf foo.tar.gpgz -Igpgz .}
9085 @end smallexample
9086
9087 @ignore
9088 The above is based on the following discussion:
9089
9090 I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
9091 to do it now. I would like to use @option{--gzip}, but I'd also like
9092 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
9093 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
9094 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
9095 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
9096 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
9097 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
9098 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
9099 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
9100
9101 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
9102 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
9103 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
9104 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
9105 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
9106
9107 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
9108 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
9109 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
9110 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
9111 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
9112
9113 Isn't that exactly the role of the
9114 @option{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}} option?
9115 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
9116 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
9117 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
9118 extraction is needed rather than creation.
9119
9120 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
9121 @option{--gzip} or @option{--compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
9122 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
9123 end up with less space on the tape.
9124 @end ignore
9125
9126 @menu
9127 * lbzip2:: Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
9128 @end menu
9129
9130 @node lbzip2
9131 @subsubsection Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
9132 @cindex lbzip2
9133 @cindex Laszlo Ersek
9134 @command{Lbzip2} is a multithreaded utility for handling
9135 @samp{bzip2} compression, written by Laszlo Ersek. It makes use of
9136 multiple processors to speed up its operation and in general works
9137 considerably faster than @command{bzip2}. For a detailed description
9138 of @command{lbzip2} see @uref{http://freshmeat.net/@/projects/@/lbzip2} and
9139 @uref{http://www.linuxinsight.com/@/lbzip2-parallel-bzip2-utility.html,
9140 lbzip2: parallel bzip2 utility}.
9141
9142 Recent versions of @command{lbzip2} are mostly command line compatible
9143 with @command{bzip2}, which makes it possible to automatically invoke
9144 it via the @option{--bzip2} @GNUTAR{} command line option. To do so,
9145 @GNUTAR{} must be configured with the @option{--with-bzip2} command
9146 line option, like this:
9147
9148 @smallexample
9149 $ @kbd{./configure --with-bzip2=lbzip2 [@var{other-options}]}
9150 @end smallexample
9151
9152 Once configured and compiled this way, @command{tar --help} will show the
9153 following:
9154
9155 @smallexample
9156 @group
9157 $ @kbd{tar --help | grep -- --bzip2}
9158 -j, --bzip2 filter the archive through lbzip2
9159 @end group
9160 @end smallexample
9161
9162 @noindent
9163 which means that running @command{tar --bzip2} will invoke @command{lbzip2}.
9164
9165 @node sparse
9166 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
9167 @cindex Sparse Files
9168
9169 Files in the file system occasionally have @dfn{holes}. A @dfn{hole}
9170 in a file is a section of the file's contents which was never written.
9171 The contents of a hole reads as all zeros. On many operating systems,
9172 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
9173 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
9174 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
9175 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @option{--sparse}
9176 (@option{-S}). When you use this option, then, for any file using
9177 less disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar}
9178 searches the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records
9179 in the archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros
9180 are, and only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On
9181 extraction (using @option{--sparse} is not needed on extraction) any
9182 such files have holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros
9183 were found. Thus, if you use @option{--sparse}, @command{tar} archives
9184 won't take more space than the original.
9185
9186 @table @option
9187 @opindex sparse
9188 @item -S
9189 @itemx --sparse
9190 This option instructs @command{tar} to test each file for sparseness
9191 before attempting to archive it. If the file is found to be sparse it
9192 is treated specially, thus allowing to decrease the amount of space
9193 used by its image in the archive.
9194
9195 This option is meaningful only when creating or updating archives. It
9196 has no effect on extraction.
9197 @end table
9198
9199 Consider using @option{--sparse} when performing file system backups,
9200 to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored sparsely in the
9201 system.
9202
9203 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
9204 created in the future. If you use @option{--sparse} while making file
9205 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
9206 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
9207 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
9208 hundreds of tapes). @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
9209
9210 However, be aware that @option{--sparse} option presents a serious
9211 drawback. Namely, in order to determine if the file is sparse
9212 @command{tar} has to read it before trying to archive it, so in total
9213 the file is read @strong{twice}. So, always bear in mind that the
9214 time needed to process all files with this option is roughly twice
9215 the time needed to archive them without it.
9216 @FIXME{A technical note:
9217
9218 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
9219 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
9220 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
9221 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
9222 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
9223 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
9224 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
9225 1990-12-10:
9226
9227 @quotation
9228 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
9229 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
9230 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
9231 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
9232 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
9233 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
9234
9235 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
9236 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
9237 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
9238 get it right.
9239 @end quotation
9240 }
9241
9242 @cindex sparse formats, defined
9243 When using @samp{POSIX} archive format, @GNUTAR{} is able to store
9244 sparse files using in three distinct ways, called @dfn{sparse
9245 formats}. A sparse format is identified by its @dfn{number},
9246 consisting, as usual of two decimal numbers, delimited by a dot. By
9247 default, format @samp{1.0} is used. If, for some reason, you wish to
9248 use an earlier format, you can select it using
9249 @option{--sparse-version} option.
9250
9251 @table @option
9252 @opindex sparse-version
9253 @item --sparse-version=@var{version}
9254
9255 Select the format to store sparse files in. Valid @var{version} values
9256 are: @samp{0.0}, @samp{0.1} and @samp{1.0}. @xref{Sparse Formats},
9257 for a detailed description of each format.
9258 @end table
9259
9260 Using @option{--sparse-format} option implies @option{--sparse}.
9261
9262 @node Attributes
9263 @section Handling File Attributes
9264 @cindex atrributes, files
9265 @cindex file attributes
9266
9267 When @command{tar} reads files, it updates their access times. To
9268 avoid this, use the @option{--atime-preserve[=METHOD]} option, which can either
9269 reset the access time retroactively or avoid changing it in the first
9270 place.
9271
9272 @table @option
9273 @opindex atime-preserve
9274 @item --atime-preserve
9275 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
9276 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
9277 Preserve the access times of files that are read. This works only for
9278 files that you own, unless you have superuser privileges.
9279
9280 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} works on most systems, but it also
9281 restores the data modification time and updates the status change
9282 time. Hence it doesn't interact with incremental dumps nicely
9283 (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}), and it can set access or data modification times
9284 incorrectly if other programs access the file while @command{tar} is
9285 running.
9286
9287 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing the access time in
9288 the first place, if the operating system supports this.
9289 Unfortunately, this may or may not work on any given operating system
9290 or file system. If @command{tar} knows for sure it won't work, it
9291 complains right away.
9292
9293 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
9294 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this is intended to change to
9295 @option{--atime-preserve=system} when the latter is better-supported.
9296
9297 @opindex touch
9298 @item -m
9299 @itemx --touch
9300 Do not extract data modification time.
9301
9302 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the data modification times
9303 of the files it extracts as the times when the files were extracted,
9304 instead of setting it to the times recorded in the archive.
9305
9306 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9307
9308 @opindex same-owner
9309 @item --same-owner
9310 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
9311 archive.
9312
9313 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
9314 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
9315 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
9316 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
9317 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
9318 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
9319 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
9320
9321 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user @acronym{ID} and user name
9322 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user @acronym{ID} is not
9323 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
9324 it tries to look the name (if one was written) up in
9325 @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user @acronym{ID} stored in
9326 the archive instead.
9327
9328 @opindex no-same-owner
9329 @item --no-same-owner
9330 @itemx -o
9331 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
9332 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
9333 only for the superuser.
9334
9335 @opindex numeric-owner
9336 @item --numeric-owner
9337 The @option{--numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
9338 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
9339 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
9340 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
9341 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
9342
9343 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
9344 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
9345 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
9346 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
9347 one belonging to the file system(s) being extracted. This occurs,
9348 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
9349 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
9350 disk into another machine to do the restore.
9351
9352 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
9353 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
9354 system, unless @option{--format=oldgnu} is used. Numeric ids could be
9355 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
9356 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
9357 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
9358
9359 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
9360 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
9361 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
9362 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
9363 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
9364 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
9365 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
9366 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
9367 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
9368 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
9369 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
9370 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
9371 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
9372 gives you a great deal of control already.
9373
9374 @xopindex{same-permissions, short description}
9375 @xopindex{preserve-permissions, short description}
9376 @item -p
9377 @itemx --same-permissions
9378 @itemx --preserve-permissions
9379 Extract all protection information.
9380
9381 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
9382 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
9383 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
9384 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
9385 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
9386
9387
9388 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9389
9390 @opindex preserve
9391 @item --preserve
9392 Same as both @option{--same-permissions} and @option{--same-order}.
9393
9394 This option is deprecated, and will be removed in @GNUTAR{} version 1.23.
9395
9396 @end table
9397
9398 @node Portability
9399 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
9400
9401 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
9402 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
9403 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
9404 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
9405 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
9406 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
9407 archives more portable.
9408
9409 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
9410 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
9411 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
9412 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
9413
9414 @FIXME{Discuss GNU extensions (incremental backups, multi-volume
9415 archives and archive labels) in GNU and PAX formats.}
9416
9417 @menu
9418 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
9419 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
9420 * hard links:: Hard Links
9421 * old:: Old V7 Archives
9422 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
9423 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
9424 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
9425 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
9426 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
9427 * Other Tars:: How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
9428 Other @command{tar} Implementations
9429 @end menu
9430
9431 @node Portable Names
9432 @subsection Portable Names
9433
9434 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
9435 only @acronym{ASCII} letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
9436 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
9437 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
9438 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
9439 less.
9440
9441 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
9442 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
9443 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
9444 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
9445 than System V's.
9446
9447 @node dereference
9448 @subsection Symbolic Links
9449 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
9450 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
9451
9452 @opindex dereference
9453 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
9454 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
9455 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the file system contents.
9456 When @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}) is used with
9457 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), @command{tar} archives the files
9458 symbolic links point to, instead of
9459 the links themselves.
9460
9461 When creating portable archives, use @option{--dereference}
9462 (@option{-h}): some systems do not support
9463 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
9464 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
9465
9466 When reading from an archive, the @option{--dereference} (@option{-h})
9467 option causes @command{tar} to follow an already-existing symbolic
9468 link when @command{tar} writes or reads a file named in the archive.
9469 Ordinarily, @command{tar} does not follow such a link, though it may
9470 remove the link before writing a new file. @xref{Dealing with Old
9471 Files}.
9472
9473 The @option{--dereference} option is unsafe if an untrusted user can
9474 modify directories while @command{tar} is running. @xref{Security}.
9475
9476 @node hard links
9477 @subsection Hard Links
9478 @cindex File names, using hard links
9479 @cindex hard links, dereferencing
9480 @cindex dereferencing hard links
9481
9482 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a hard link, it writes a
9483 block to the archive naming the target of the link (a @samp{1} type
9484 block). In that way, the actual file contents is stored in file only
9485 once. For example, consider the following two files:
9486
9487 @smallexample
9488 @group
9489 $ ls -l
9490 -rw-r--r-- 2 gray staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 one
9491 -rw-r--r-- 2 gray staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 jeden
9492 @end group
9493 @end smallexample
9494
9495 Here, @file{jeden} is a link to @file{one}. When archiving this
9496 directory with a verbose level 2, you will get an output similar to
9497 the following:
9498
9499 @smallexample
9500 $ tar cvvf ../archive.tar .
9501 drwxr-xr-x gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:13 ./
9502 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./jeden
9503 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:11 ./one link to ./jeden
9504 @end smallexample
9505
9506 The last line shows that, instead of storing two copies of the file,
9507 @command{tar} stored it only once, under the name @file{jeden}, and
9508 stored file @file{one} as a hard link to this file.
9509
9510 It may be important to know that all hard links to the given file are
9511 stored in the archive. For example, this may be necessary for exact
9512 reproduction of the file system. The following option does that:
9513
9514 @table @option
9515 @xopindex{check-links, described}
9516 @item --check-links
9517 @itemx -l
9518 Check the number of links dumped for each processed file. If this
9519 number does not match the total number of hard links for the file, print
9520 a warning message.
9521 @end table
9522
9523 For example, trying to archive only file @file{jeden} with this option
9524 produces the following diagnostics:
9525
9526 @smallexample
9527 $ tar -c -f ../archive.tar -l jeden
9528 tar: Missing links to 'jeden'.
9529 @end smallexample
9530
9531 Although creating special records for hard links helps keep a faithful
9532 record of the file system contents and makes archives more compact, it
9533 may present some difficulties when extracting individual members from
9534 the archive. For example, trying to extract file @file{one} from the
9535 archive created in previous examples produces, in the absense of file
9536 @file{jeden}:
9537
9538 @smallexample
9539 $ tar xf archive.tar ./one
9540 tar: ./one: Cannot hard link to './jeden': No such file or directory
9541 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
9542 @end smallexample
9543
9544 The reason for this behavior is that @command{tar} cannot seek back in
9545 the archive to the previous member (in this case, @file{one}), to
9546 extract it@footnote{There are plans to fix this in future releases.}.
9547 If you wish to avoid such problems at the cost of a bigger archive,
9548 use the following option:
9549
9550 @table @option
9551 @xopindex{hard-dereference, described}
9552 @item --hard-dereference
9553 Dereference hard links and store the files they refer to.
9554 @end table
9555
9556 For example, trying this option on our two sample files, we get two
9557 copies in the archive, each of which can then be extracted
9558 independently of the other:
9559
9560 @smallexample
9561 @group
9562 $ tar -c -vv -f ../archive.tar --hard-dereference .
9563 drwxr-xr-x gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:13 ./
9564 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./jeden
9565 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./one
9566 @end group
9567 @end smallexample
9568
9569 @node old
9570 @subsection Old V7 Archives
9571 @cindex Format, old style
9572 @cindex Old style format
9573 @cindex Old style archives
9574 @cindex v7 archive format
9575
9576 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
9577 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
9578 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
9579 versions, specify the @option{--format=v7} option in
9580 conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) (@command{tar} also
9581 accepts @option{--portability} or @option{--old-archive} for this
9582 option). When you specify it,
9583 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
9584 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
9585 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
9586
9587 When updating an archive, do not use @option{--format=v7}
9588 unless the archive was created using this option.
9589
9590 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
9591 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
9592 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
9593 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
9594 always use @option{--format=v7} for your distributions. Notice,
9595 however, that @samp{ustar} format is a better alternative, as it is
9596 free from many of @samp{v7}'s drawbacks.
9597
9598 @node ustar
9599 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
9600
9601 @cindex ustar archive format
9602 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
9603 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
9604 still has many restrictions (@pxref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
9605 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
9606 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
9607 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
9608
9609 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @option{--format=ustar}
9610 option in conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}).
9611
9612 @node gnu
9613 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
9614
9615 @cindex GNU archive format
9616 @cindex Old GNU archive format
9617 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
9618 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
9619 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
9620 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
9621 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
9622 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
9623 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
9624 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
9625 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
9626
9627 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
9628 this format by default. This will change in future releases, since
9629 we plan to make @samp{POSIX} format the default.
9630
9631 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
9632 @option{--format=gnu}.
9633
9634 @node posix
9635 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
9636
9637 @cindex POSIX archive format
9638 @cindex PAX archive format
9639 Starting from version 1.14 @GNUTAR{} features full support for
9640 @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives.
9641
9642 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
9643 was given @option{--format=posix} (@option{--format=pax}) option. No
9644 special option is required to read and extract from a @acronym{POSIX}
9645 archive.
9646
9647 @menu
9648 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
9649 @end menu
9650
9651 @node PAX keywords
9652 @subsubsection Controlling Extended Header Keywords
9653
9654 @table @option
9655 @opindex pax-option
9656 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
9657 Handle keywords in @acronym{PAX} extended headers. This option is
9658 equivalent to @option{-o} option of the @command{pax} utility.
9659 @end table
9660
9661 @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
9662 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
9663 the following forms:
9664
9665 @table @code
9666 @item delete=@var{pattern}
9667 When used with one of archive-creation commands,
9668 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
9669 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
9670
9671 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
9672 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
9673 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
9674 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13
9675 (@pxref{wildcards}). For example:
9676
9677 @smallexample
9678 --pax-option delete=security.*
9679 @end smallexample
9680
9681 would suppress security-related information.
9682
9683 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
9684
9685 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
9686 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
9687 from @var{string} after making the following substitutions:
9688
9689 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9690 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9691 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
9692 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated file name.
9693 @item %f @tab The name of the file with the directory information
9694 stripped, equivalent to the result of the @command{basename} utility
9695 on the translated file name.
9696 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
9697 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
9698 @end multitable
9699
9700 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
9701 results.
9702
9703 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
9704 will use the following default value:
9705
9706 @smallexample
9707 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
9708 @end smallexample
9709
9710 @item exthdr.mtime=@var{value}
9711
9712 This keyword defines the value of the @samp{mtime} field that
9713 is written into the ustar header blocks for the extended headers.
9714 By default, the @samp{mtime} field is set to the modification time
9715 of the archive member described by that extended headers.
9716
9717 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
9718 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
9719 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
9720 is obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after making
9721 the following substitutions:
9722
9723 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9724 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9725 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
9726 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
9727 starting at 1.
9728 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
9729 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
9730 @end multitable
9731
9732 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined results.
9733
9734 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
9735 will use the following default value:
9736
9737 @smallexample
9738 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
9739 @end smallexample
9740
9741 @noindent
9742 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
9743 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
9744 uses @samp{/tmp}.
9745
9746 @item globexthdr.mtime=@var{value}
9747
9748 This keyword defines the value of the @samp{mtime} field that
9749 is written into the ustar header blocks for the global extended headers.
9750 By default, the @samp{mtime} field is set to the time when
9751 @command{tar} was invoked.
9752
9753 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
9754 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
9755 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
9756 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
9757 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
9758 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
9759 record.
9760
9761 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
9762 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
9763 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
9764 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
9765 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
9766
9767 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
9768 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
9769 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
9770 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
9771 For example, in the command:
9772
9773 @smallexample
9774 tar --format=posix --create \
9775 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
9776 @end smallexample
9777
9778 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
9779 stored in the archive.
9780 @end table
9781
9782 In any of the forms described above, the @var{value} may be
9783 a string enclosed in curly braces. In that case, the string
9784 between the braces is understood either as a textual time
9785 representation, as described in @ref{Date input formats}, or a name of
9786 the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the latter
9787 case, the modification time of that file is used.
9788
9789 For example, to set all modification times to the current date, you
9790 use the following option:
9791
9792 @smallexample
9793 --pax-option='mtime:=@{now@}'
9794 @end smallexample
9795
9796 Note quoting of the option's argument.
9797
9798 @cindex archives, binary equivalent
9799 @cindex binary equivalent archives, creating
9800 As another example, here is the option that ensures that any two
9801 archives created using it, will be binary equivalent if they have the
9802 same contents:
9803
9804 @smallexample
9805 --pax-option=exthdr.name=%d/PaxHeaders/%f,atime:=0
9806 @end smallexample
9807
9808 @node Checksumming
9809 @subsection Checksumming Problems
9810
9811 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
9812 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-@acronym{ASCII} file names, that
9813 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
9814 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
9815 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
9816 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
9817 accepts any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
9818 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
9819 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
9820 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
9821 vice versa.
9822
9823 @GNUTAR{} computes checksums both ways, and accept
9824 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
9825 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
9826 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
9827 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
9828 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
9829 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
9830 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
9831
9832 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
9833 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
9834 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
9835 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
9836 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
9837 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
9838 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
9839 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
9840 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
9841 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
9842 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
9843
9844 @node Large or Negative Values
9845 @subsection Large or Negative Values
9846 @cindex large values
9847 @cindex future time stamps
9848 @cindex negative time stamps
9849 @UNREVISED
9850
9851 The above sections suggest to use @samp{oldest possible} archive
9852 format if in doubt. However, sometimes it is not possible. If you
9853 attempt to archive a file whose metadata cannot be represented using
9854 required format, @GNUTAR{} will print error message and ignore such a
9855 file. You will than have to switch to a format that is able to
9856 handle such values. The format summary table (@pxref{Formats}) will
9857 help you to do so.
9858
9859 In particular, when trying to archive files larger than 8GB or with
9860 timestamps not in the range 1970-01-01 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16
9861 12:56:31 @sc{utc}, you will have to chose between @acronym{GNU} and
9862 @acronym{POSIX} archive formats. When considering which format to
9863 choose, bear in mind that the @acronym{GNU} format uses
9864 two's-complement base-256 notation to store values that do not fit
9865 into standard @acronym{ustar} range. Such archives can generally be
9866 read only by a @GNUTAR{} implementation. Moreover, they sometimes
9867 cannot be correctly restored on another hosts even by @GNUTAR{}. For
9868 example, using two's complement representation for negative time
9869 stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t} generates archives
9870 that are not portable to hosts with differing @code{time_t}
9871 representations.
9872
9873 On the other hand, @acronym{POSIX} archives, generally speaking, can
9874 be extracted by any tar implementation that understands older
9875 @acronym{ustar} format. The only exception are files larger than 8GB.
9876
9877 @FIXME{Describe how @acronym{POSIX} archives are extracted by non
9878 POSIX-aware tars.}
9879
9880 @node Other Tars
9881 @subsection How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
9882
9883 In previous sections you became acquainted with various quirks
9884 necessary to make your archives portable. Sometimes you may need to
9885 extract archives containing GNU-specific members using some
9886 third-party @command{tar} implementation or an older version of
9887 @GNUTAR{}. Of course your best bet is to have @GNUTAR{} installed,
9888 but if it is for some reason impossible, this section will explain
9889 how to cope without it.
9890
9891 When we speak about @dfn{GNU-specific} members we mean two classes of
9892 them: members split between the volumes of a multi-volume archive and
9893 sparse members. You will be able to always recover such members if
9894 the archive is in PAX format. In addition split members can be
9895 recovered from archives in old GNU format. The following subsections
9896 describe the required procedures in detail.
9897
9898 @menu
9899 * Split Recovery:: Members Split Between Volumes
9900 * Sparse Recovery:: Sparse Members
9901 @end menu
9902
9903 @node Split Recovery
9904 @subsubsection Extracting Members Split Between Volumes
9905
9906 @cindex Mutli-volume archives, extracting using non-GNU tars
9907 If a member is split between several volumes of an old GNU format archive
9908 most third party @command{tar} implementation will fail to extract
9909 it. To extract it, use @command{tarcat} program (@pxref{Tarcat}).
9910 This program is available from
9911 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/tarcat.html, @GNUTAR{}
9912 home page}. It concatenates several archive volumes into a single
9913 valid archive. For example, if you have three volumes named from
9914 @file{vol-1.tar} to @file{vol-3.tar}, you can do the following to
9915 extract them using a third-party @command{tar}:
9916
9917 @smallexample
9918 $ @kbd{tarcat vol-1.tar vol-2.tar vol-3.tar | tar xf -}
9919 @end smallexample
9920
9921 @cindex Mutli-volume archives in PAX format, extracting using non-GNU tars
9922 You could use this approach for most (although not all) PAX
9923 format archives as well. However, extracting split members from a PAX
9924 archive is a much easier task, because PAX volumes are constructed in
9925 such a way that each part of a split member is extracted to a
9926 different file by @command{tar} implementations that are not aware of
9927 GNU extensions. More specifically, the very first part retains its
9928 original name, and all subsequent parts are named using the pattern:
9929
9930 @smallexample
9931 %d/GNUFileParts.%p/%f.%n
9932 @end smallexample
9933
9934 @noindent
9935 where symbols preceeded by @samp{%} are @dfn{macro characters} that
9936 have the following meaning:
9937
9938 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9939 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9940 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
9941 result of the @command{dirname} utility on its full name.
9942 @item %f @tab The file name of the file, equivalent to the result
9943 of the @command{basename} utility on its full name.
9944 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process that
9945 created the archive.
9946 @item %n @tab Ordinal number of this particular part.
9947 @end multitable
9948
9949 For example, if the file @file{var/longfile} was split during archive
9950 creation between three volumes, and the creator @command{tar} process
9951 had process @acronym{ID} @samp{27962}, then the member names will be:
9952
9953 @smallexample
9954 var/longfile
9955 var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1
9956 var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2
9957 @end smallexample
9958
9959 When you extract your archive using a third-party @command{tar}, these
9960 files will be created on your disk, and the only thing you will need
9961 to do to restore your file in its original form is concatenate them in
9962 the proper order, for example:
9963
9964 @smallexample
9965 @group
9966 $ @kbd{cd var}
9967 $ @kbd{cat GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1 \
9968 GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2 >> longfile}
9969 $ rm -f GNUFileParts.27962
9970 @end group
9971 @end smallexample
9972
9973 Notice, that if the @command{tar} implementation you use supports PAX
9974 format archives, it will probably emit warnings about unknown keywords
9975 during extraction. They will look like this:
9976
9977 @smallexample
9978 @group
9979 Tar file too small
9980 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.filename' ignored.
9981 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.size' ignored.
9982 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.offset' ignored.
9983 @end group
9984 @end smallexample
9985
9986 @noindent
9987 You can safely ignore these warnings.
9988
9989 If your @command{tar} implementation is not PAX-aware, you will get
9990 more warnings and more files generated on your disk, e.g.:
9991
9992 @smallexample
9993 @group
9994 $ @kbd{tar xf vol-1.tar}
9995 var/PaxHeaders.27962/longfile: Unknown file type 'x', extracted as
9996 normal file
9997 Unexpected EOF in archive
9998 $ @kbd{tar xf vol-2.tar}
9999 tmp/GlobalHead.27962.1: Unknown file type 'g', extracted as normal file
10000 GNUFileParts.27962/PaxHeaders.27962/sparsefile.1: Unknown file type
10001 'x', extracted as normal file
10002 @end group
10003 @end smallexample
10004
10005 Ignore these warnings. The @file{PaxHeaders.*} directories created
10006 will contain files with @dfn{extended header keywords} describing the
10007 extracted files. You can delete them, unless they describe sparse
10008 members. Read further to learn more about them.
10009
10010 @node Sparse Recovery
10011 @subsubsection Extracting Sparse Members
10012
10013 @cindex sparse files, extracting with non-GNU tars
10014 Any @command{tar} implementation will be able to extract sparse members from a
10015 PAX archive. However, the extracted files will be @dfn{condensed},
10016 i.e., any zero blocks will be removed from them. When we restore such
10017 a condensed file to its original form, by adding zero blocks (or
10018 @dfn{holes}) back to their original locations, we call this process
10019 @dfn{expanding} a compressed sparse file.
10020
10021 @pindex xsparse
10022 To expand a file, you will need a simple auxiliary program called
10023 @command{xsparse}. It is available in source form from
10024 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/xsparse.html, @GNUTAR{}
10025 home page}.
10026
10027 @cindex sparse files v.1.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
10028 Let's begin with archive members in @dfn{sparse format
10029 version 1.0}@footnote{@xref{PAX 1}.}, which are the easiest to expand.
10030 The condensed file will contain both file map and file data, so no
10031 additional data will be needed to restore it. If the original file
10032 name was @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the condensed file will be
10033 named @file{@var{dir}/@/GNUSparseFile.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
10034 @var{n} is a decimal number@footnote{Technically speaking, @var{n} is a
10035 @dfn{process @acronym{ID}} of the @command{tar} process which created the
10036 archive (@pxref{PAX keywords}).}.
10037
10038 To expand a version 1.0 file, run @command{xsparse} as follows:
10039
10040 @smallexample
10041 $ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file}}
10042 @end smallexample
10043
10044 @noindent
10045 where @file{cond-file} is the name of the condensed file. The utility
10046 will deduce the name for the resulting expanded file using the
10047 following algorithm:
10048
10049 @enumerate 1
10050 @item If @file{cond-file} does not contain any directories,
10051 @file{../cond-file} will be used;
10052
10053 @item If @file{cond-file} has the form
10054 @file{@var{dir}/@var{t}/@var{name}}, where both @var{t} and @var{name}
10055 are simple names, with no @samp{/} characters in them, the output file
10056 name will be @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}.
10057
10058 @item Otherwise, if @file{cond-file} has the form
10059 @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, the output file name will be
10060 @file{@var{name}}.
10061 @end enumerate
10062
10063 In the unlikely case when this algorithm does not suit your needs,
10064 you can explicitly specify output file name as a second argument to
10065 the command:
10066
10067 @smallexample
10068 $ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file} @file{out-file}}
10069 @end smallexample
10070
10071 It is often a good idea to run @command{xsparse} in @dfn{dry run} mode
10072 first. In this mode, the command does not actually expand the file,
10073 but verbosely lists all actions it would be taking to do so. The dry
10074 run mode is enabled by @option{-n} command line argument:
10075
10076 @smallexample
10077 @group
10078 $ @kbd{xsparse -n /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10079 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10080 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10081 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10082 Finished dry run
10083 @end group
10084 @end smallexample
10085
10086 To actually expand the file, you would run:
10087
10088 @smallexample
10089 $ @kbd{xsparse /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10090 @end smallexample
10091
10092 @noindent
10093 The program behaves the same way all UNIX utilities do: it will keep
10094 quiet unless it has simething important to tell you (e.g. an error
10095 condition or something). If you wish it to produce verbose output,
10096 similar to that from the dry run mode, use @option{-v} option:
10097
10098 @smallexample
10099 @group
10100 $ @kbd{xsparse -v /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10101 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10102 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10103 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10104 Done
10105 @end group
10106 @end smallexample
10107
10108 Additionally, if your @command{tar} implementation has extracted the
10109 @dfn{extended headers} for this file, you can instruct @command{xstar}
10110 to use them in order to verify the integrity of the expanded file.
10111 The option @option{-x} sets the name of the extended header file to
10112 use. Continuing our example:
10113
10114 @smallexample
10115 @group
10116 $ @kbd{xsparse -v -x /home/gray/PaxHeaders.6058/sparsefile \
10117 /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10118 Reading extended header file
10119 Found variable GNU.sparse.major = 1
10120 Found variable GNU.sparse.minor = 0
10121 Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
10122 Found variable GNU.sparse.realsize = 217481216
10123 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10124 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10125 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10126 Done
10127 @end group
10128 @end smallexample
10129
10130 @anchor{extracting sparse v.0.x}
10131 @cindex sparse files v.0.1, extracting with non-GNU tars
10132 @cindex sparse files v.0.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
10133 An @dfn{extended header} is a special @command{tar} archive header
10134 that precedes an archive member and contains a set of
10135 @dfn{variables}, describing the member properties that cannot be
10136 stored in the standard @code{ustar} header. While optional for
10137 expanding sparse version 1.0 members, the use of extended headers is
10138 mandatory when expanding sparse members in older sparse formats: v.0.0
10139 and v.0.1 (The sparse formats are described in detail in @ref{Sparse
10140 Formats}.) So, for these formats, the question is: how to obtain
10141 extended headers from the archive?
10142
10143 If you use a @command{tar} implementation that does not support PAX
10144 format, extended headers for each member will be extracted as a
10145 separate file. If we represent the member name as
10146 @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the extended header file will be
10147 named @file{@var{dir}/@/PaxHeaders.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
10148 @var{n} is an integer number.
10149
10150 Things become more difficult if your @command{tar} implementation
10151 does support PAX headers, because in this case you will have to
10152 manually extract the headers. We recommend the following algorithm:
10153
10154 @enumerate 1
10155 @item
10156 Consult the documentation of your @command{tar} implementation for an
10157 option that prints @dfn{block numbers} along with the archive
10158 listing (analogous to @GNUTAR{}'s @option{-R} option). For example,
10159 @command{star} has @option{-block-number}.
10160
10161 @item
10162 Obtain verbose listing using the @samp{block number} option, and
10163 find block numbers of the sparse member in question and the member
10164 immediately following it. For example, running @command{star} on our
10165 archive we obtain:
10166
10167 @smallexample
10168 @group
10169 $ @kbd{star -t -v -block-number -f arc.tar}
10170 @dots{}
10171 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.size' ignored.
10172 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.numblocks' ignored.
10173 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.name' ignored.
10174 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.map' ignored.
10175 block 56: 425984 -rw-r--r-- gray/users Jun 25 14:46 2006 GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile
10176 block 897: 65391 -rw-r--r-- gray/users Jun 24 20:06 2006 README
10177 @dots{}
10178 @end group
10179 @end smallexample
10180
10181 @noindent
10182 (as usual, ignore the warnings about unknown keywords.)
10183
10184 @item
10185 Let @var{size} be the size of the sparse member, @var{Bs} be its block number
10186 and @var{Bn} be the block number of the next member.
10187 Compute:
10188
10189 @smallexample
10190 @var{N} = @var{Bs} - @var{Bn} - @var{size}/512 - 2
10191 @end smallexample
10192
10193 @noindent
10194 This number gives the size of the extended header part in tar @dfn{blocks}.
10195 In our example, this formula gives: @code{897 - 56 - 425984 / 512 - 2
10196 = 7}.
10197
10198 @item
10199 Use @command{dd} to extract the headers:
10200
10201 @smallexample
10202 @kbd{dd if=@var{archive} of=@var{hname} bs=512 skip=@var{Bs} count=@var{N}}
10203 @end smallexample
10204
10205 @noindent
10206 where @var{archive} is the archive name, @var{hname} is a name of the
10207 file to store the extended header in, @var{Bs} and @var{N} are
10208 computed in previous steps.
10209
10210 In our example, this command will be
10211
10212 @smallexample
10213 $ @kbd{dd if=arc.tar of=xhdr bs=512 skip=56 count=7}
10214 @end smallexample
10215 @end enumerate
10216
10217 Finally, you can expand the condensed file, using the obtained header:
10218
10219 @smallexample
10220 @group
10221 $ @kbd{xsparse -v -x xhdr GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10222 Reading extended header file
10223 Found variable GNU.sparse.size = 217481216
10224 Found variable GNU.sparse.numblocks = 208
10225 Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
10226 Found variable GNU.sparse.map = 0,2048,1050624,2048,@dots{}
10227 Expanding file 'GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile' to 'sparsefile'
10228 Done
10229 @end group
10230 @end smallexample
10231
10232 @node cpio
10233 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
10234 @UNREVISED
10235
10236 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
10237
10238 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
10239 file name lengths. The binary and old @acronym{ASCII} formats have a maximum file
10240 length of 256, and the new @acronym{ASCII} and @acronym{CRC ASCII} formats have a max
10241 file length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
10242 with arbitrary file name lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
10243 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
10244
10245 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in @acronym{BSD};
10246 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
10247 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
10248 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
10249 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
10250 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
10251 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
10252 into a later @acronym{BSD} release---I think I gave them my changes).
10253
10254 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
10255 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
10256 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
10257 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
10258
10259 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
10260
10261 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and @acronym{BSD} source;
10262 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later @acronym{BSD}
10263 (4.3-tahoe and later).
10264
10265 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
10266 file systems that support 32-bit i-numbers (e.g., the @acronym{BSD} file system);
10267 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its ``binary''
10268 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its ``portable @acronym{ASCII}'' format,
10269 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system @acronym{ID}"
10270 field of the header to make sure that the file system @acronym{ID}/i-number pairs
10271 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
10272 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
10273 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
10274 make hard links between them.
10275
10276 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
10277 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
10278 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
10279 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
10280 of the names.
10281
10282 @quotation
10283 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
10284 @end quotation
10285
10286 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
10287 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
10288 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
10289
10290 @quotation
10291 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
10292 at the unix scene,
10293 @end quotation
10294
10295 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
10296 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
10297 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
10298 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
10299 @command{cpio} knew about it.
10300
10301 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
10302 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
10303 rest of the files.
10304
10305 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
10306
10307 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
10308 to start on a record boundary.
10309
10310 @quotation
10311 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
10312 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
10313 crashed archives at all.)
10314 @end quotation
10315
10316 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
10317 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
10318 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
10319 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
10320 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
10321 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
10322 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
10323 archive.
10324
10325 @quotation
10326 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
10327 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
10328 @end quotation
10329
10330 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
10331 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
10332 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
10333 special files.
10334
10335 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
10336 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
10337 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
10338 backwards compatibility.
10339
10340 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
10341 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
10342 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
10343
10344 @node Media
10345 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
10346 @UNREVISED
10347
10348 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
10349 description. These special cases are discussed below.
10350
10351 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
10352 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
10353 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
10354 such manipulation easier.
10355
10356 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
10357 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
10358
10359 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
10360 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
10361 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
10362 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
10363
10364 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
10365 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
10366 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
10367 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
10368 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
10369 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
10370
10371 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
10372 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
10373 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
10374 not a good idea.
10375
10376 @menu
10377 * Device:: Device selection and switching
10378 * Remote Tape Server::
10379 * Common Problems and Solutions::
10380 * Blocking:: Blocking
10381 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
10382 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
10383 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
10384 * verify::
10385 * Write Protection::
10386 @end menu
10387
10388 @node Device
10389 @section Device Selection and Switching
10390 @UNREVISED
10391
10392 @table @option
10393 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
10394 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
10395 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
10396 @end table
10397
10398 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
10399 works on.
10400
10401 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
10402 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
10403 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
10404 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
10405 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
10406
10407 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
10408 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
10409 sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
10410 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
10411 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
10412 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
10413 @command{rsh}.
10414 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
10415 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
10416 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
10417 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
10418 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
10419 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
10420 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
10421 runtime by using the @option{--rmt-command=@var{command}} option (@xref{Option Summary,
10422 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
10423 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
10424
10425 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
10426 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
10427 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
10428 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
10429 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
10430
10431 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
10432 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
10433 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
10434 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
10435 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
10436 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
10437 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
10438 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
10439 cartridges or diskettes.
10440
10441 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
10442 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
10443 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
10444 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
10445 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
10446 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
10447 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
10448 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
10449 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
10450 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
10451 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
10452 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
10453
10454 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
10455 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
10456 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
10457 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
10458 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
10459
10460 @table @option
10461 @xopindex{force-local, short description}
10462 @item --force-local
10463 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
10464
10465 @opindex rsh-command
10466 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
10467 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
10468 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
10469 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
10470
10471 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
10472 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
10473 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
10474 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
10475 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
10476 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
10477
10478 @item -[0-7][lmh]
10479 Specify drive and density.
10480
10481 @xopindex{multi-volume, short description}
10482 @item -M
10483 @itemx --multi-volume
10484 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
10485
10486 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
10487 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
10488 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
10489
10490 @xopindex{tape-length, short description}
10491 @item -L @var{num}
10492 @itemx --tape-length=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
10493 Change tape after writing @var{size} units of data. Unless @var{suf} is
10494 given, @var{size} is treated as kilobytes, i.e. @samp{@var{size} x
10495 1024} bytes. The following suffixes alter this behavior:
10496
10497 @float Table, size-suffixes
10498 @caption{Size Suffixes}
10499 @multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.3 0.3
10500 @headitem Suffix @tab Units @tab Byte Equivalent
10501 @item b @tab Blocks @tab @var{size} x 512
10502 @item B @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10503 @item c @tab Bytes @tab @var{size}
10504 @item G @tab Gigabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^3
10505 @item K @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10506 @item k @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10507 @item M @tab Megabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^2
10508 @item P @tab Petabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^5
10509 @item T @tab Terabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^4
10510 @item w @tab Words @tab @var{size} x 2
10511 @end multitable
10512 @end float
10513
10514 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
10515 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
10516 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
10517
10518 @xopindex{info-script, short description}
10519 @xopindex{new-volume-script, short description}
10520 @item -F @var{command}
10521 @itemx --info-script=@var{command}
10522 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
10523 Execute @var{command} at end of each tape. This implies
10524 @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}). @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
10525 description of this option.
10526 @end table
10527
10528 @node Remote Tape Server
10529 @section Remote Tape Server
10530
10531 @cindex remote tape drive
10532 @pindex rmt
10533 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
10534 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
10535 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
10536 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
10537 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
10538 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
10539 using a different login name if one is supplied.
10540
10541 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. Its
10542 source code can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
10543 installed by default.
10544
10545 @cindex absolute file names
10546 Unless you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
10547 @GNUTAR{} will not allow you to create an archive that contains
10548 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
10549 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
10550 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
10551 message telling you what it is doing.
10552
10553 When reading an archive that was created with a different
10554 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
10555 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
10556 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
10557 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
10558 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
10559 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
10560 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
10561 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
10562 backup tapes.
10563
10564 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
10565 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
10566 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
10567 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
10568 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
10569 from the archive, or you should either use the @option{--absolute-names}
10570 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
10571
10572 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
10573 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
10574 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
10575 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
10576 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
10577 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
10578
10579 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
10580 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
10581 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
10582 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
10583 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
10584 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}).
10585
10586 This means that the @option{--append}, @option{--concatenate}, and
10587 @option{--delete} commands will not work on any other kind of file.
10588 Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which means these commands and
10589 options will never be able to work on them. These non-backspacing
10590 media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
10591
10592 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
10593 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
10594
10595 Archives created with the @option{--multi-volume}, @option{--label}, and
10596 @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) options may not be readable by other version
10597 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
10598 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
10599 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
10600 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
10601 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
10602 with the @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option.
10603
10604 @node Common Problems and Solutions
10605 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
10606
10607 @ifclear PUBLISH
10608
10609 @format
10610 errors from system:
10611 permission denied
10612 no such file or directory
10613 not owner
10614
10615 errors from @command{tar}:
10616 directory checksum error
10617 header format error
10618
10619 errors from media/system:
10620 i/o error
10621 device busy
10622 @end format
10623
10624 @end ifclear
10625
10626 @node Blocking
10627 @section Blocking
10628 @cindex block
10629 @cindex record
10630
10631 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
10632 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
10633 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
10634 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
10635 two terms in a quite consistent way.
10636
10637 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
10638 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
10639
10640 @quotation
10641 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
10642 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
10643 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
10644 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
10645 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
10646 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
10647 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
10648 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
10649 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
10650 parameter specified this to the operating system.
10651
10652 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
10653 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
10654 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
10655 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
10656 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
10657 into the source code too.
10658 @end quotation
10659
10660 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
10661 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
10662 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
10663 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
10664 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
10665 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
10666 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
10667 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
10668 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
10669 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
10670 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
10671 in @GNUTAR{}.
10672
10673 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
10674 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
10675 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
10676 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
10677 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
10678 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
10679 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
10680 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
10681 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
10682 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
10683 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
10684 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
10685 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
10686 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
10687 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
10688
10689 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
10690 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
10691 factor, use the @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
10692 @var{512-size}}) option. Each record will then be composed of
10693 @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is 512 bytes.
10694 @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses at least one
10695 full record. As a result, using a larger record size can result in
10696 more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a larger record
10697 size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
10698
10699 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
10700 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
10701 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
10702 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
10703 honor blocking.
10704
10705 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
10706 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
10707 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
10708 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
10709 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
10710 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
10711 blocking factor (with @option{--blocking-factor}) larger than the
10712 actual blocking factor, and then use the @option{--read-full-records}
10713 (@option{-B}) option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
10714 @option{--blocking-factor} and don't use the
10715 @option{--read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
10716 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
10717 you must always specify the record size exactly with
10718 @option{--blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
10719 figure it out. In any case, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) before
10720 doing any extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
10721 correctly.
10722
10723 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
10724 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
10725 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
10726 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
10727 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
10728
10729 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
10730 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
10731 @option{--blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
10732 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
10733 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
10734 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
10735 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
10736 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
10737 around one megabyte.
10738
10739 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
10740 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
10741 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
10742 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
10743 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
10744 device.
10745
10746 @menu
10747 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
10748 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
10749 @end menu
10750
10751 @node Format Variations
10752 @subsection Format Variations
10753 @cindex Format Parameters
10754 @cindex Format Options
10755 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
10756 @cindex Options, format specifying
10757 @UNREVISED
10758
10759 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
10760 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
10761 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
10762 store the archive.
10763
10764 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
10765 you can use the options described in the following sections.
10766 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
10767 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
10768 If you create an archive with the @option{--blocking-factor} option
10769 specified (@pxref{Blocking Factor}), you must specify that
10770 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
10771 examples of format parameter considerations.
10772
10773 @node Blocking Factor
10774 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
10775 @cindex Blocking Factor
10776 @cindex Record Size
10777 @cindex Number of blocks per record
10778 @cindex Number of bytes per record
10779 @cindex Bytes per record
10780 @cindex Blocks per record
10781 @UNREVISED
10782
10783 @opindex blocking-factor
10784 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
10785 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
10786 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (i.e., the size of a
10787 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
10788 The @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
10789 @var{512-size}}) option specifies the blocking factor of an archive.
10790 The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e., 10240 bytes), but
10791 can be specified at installation. To find out the blocking factor of
10792 an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list --file=@var{archive-name}}.
10793 This may not work on some devices.
10794
10795 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
10796 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
10797 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
10798 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
10799 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
10800 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
10801 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
10802 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
10803 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
10804 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
10805 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
10806 writing archives.
10807
10808 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
10809
10810 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
10811 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
10812 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
10813 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
10814 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
10815 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
10816
10817 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
10818 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
10819 example, this has been reported:
10820
10821 @smallexample
10822 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
10823 @end smallexample
10824
10825 @noindent
10826 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
10827 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
10828 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
10829 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
10830 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
10831 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
10832 for example, might resolve the problem.
10833
10834 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
10835 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
10836 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
10837 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
10838 can use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
10839 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
10840 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
10841 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
10842 is), you can usually use the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option while
10843 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
10844 (i.e., @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}).
10845 @xref{list}, for more information on the @option{--list} (@option{-t})
10846 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
10847
10848 @table @option
10849 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
10850 @itemx -b @var{number}
10851 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
10852 operation, but is usually not necessary with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
10853 @end table
10854
10855 Device blocking
10856
10857 @table @option
10858 @item -b @var{blocks}
10859 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
10860 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks}*512} bytes.
10861
10862 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
10863 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
10864 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
10865 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
10866 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
10867 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
10868
10869 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
10870 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
10871 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
10872 running on old machines with small address spaces.
10873
10874 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
10875 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
10876 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
10877 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
10878 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
10879
10880 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
10881 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
10882 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
10883 updating the archive.
10884
10885 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
10886 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
10887 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
10888 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
10889
10890 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
10891 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
10892 the amount of available virtual memory.
10893
10894 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
10895 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
10896 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
10897 @itemize @bullet
10898 @item
10899 the archive is subject to a compression option,
10900 @item
10901 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
10902 redirected nor piped,
10903 @item
10904 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
10905 device,
10906 @item
10907 @option{--blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
10908 invocation.
10909 @end itemize
10910
10911 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
10912 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
10913 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
10914 topic:
10915
10916 @itemize @bullet
10917
10918 @item
10919 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
10920 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
10921 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
10922 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
10923 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
10924 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
10925
10926 @item
10927 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
10928 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
10929 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
10930 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
10931 ignored.
10932
10933 @item
10934 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
10935 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
10936 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
10937 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
10938 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
10939 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
10940 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
10941
10942 @item
10943 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
10944 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
10945 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
10946 @end itemize
10947
10948 @xopindex{ignore-zeros, short description}
10949 @item -i
10950 @itemx --ignore-zeros
10951 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
10952
10953 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
10954 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
10955 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
10956 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
10957 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
10958 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
10959 the zeroed blocks.
10960
10961 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
10962 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
10963 are stored on a single physical tape.
10964
10965 @xopindex{read-full-records, short description}
10966 @item -B
10967 @itemx --read-full-records
10968 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2@acronym{BSD} pipes).
10969
10970 If @option{--read-full-records} is used, @command{tar}
10971 will not panic if an attempt to read a record from the archive does
10972 not return a full record. Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading
10973 until it has obtained a full
10974 record.
10975
10976 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
10977 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
10978 because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
10979 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
10980 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
10981 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
10982
10983 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
10984
10985 @end table
10986
10987 Tape blocking
10988
10989 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
10990
10991 @cindex blocking factor
10992 @cindex tape blocking
10993
10994 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
10995 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
10996 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
10997 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
10998 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
10999 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
11000 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
11001 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
11002 tape motion without losing information.
11003
11004 @cindex Exabyte blocking
11005 @cindex DAT blocking
11006 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
11007 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
11008 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
11009 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
11010 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
11011 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
11012 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
11013 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
11014 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
11015 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
11016 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
11017 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
11018 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
11019 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
11020 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
11021 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
11022
11023 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
11024 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
11025 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
11026 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
11027
11028 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
11029 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
11030 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
11031
11032 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
11033 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
11034 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
11035
11036 @node Many
11037 @section Many Archives on One Tape
11038
11039 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
11040
11041 @findex ntape @r{device}
11042 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
11043 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
11044 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
11045 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
11046 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
11047 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
11048 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
11049 device.
11050
11051 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
11052 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
11053 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
11054 means that a simple:
11055
11056 @smallexample
11057 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
11058 @end smallexample
11059
11060 @noindent
11061 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
11062 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
11063 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
11064 just been saved.
11065
11066 @cindex tape positioning
11067 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
11068 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
11069 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
11070 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
11071 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
11072 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
11073 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
11074 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
11075 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
11076 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
11077 recovered.
11078
11079 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
11080 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
11081
11082 @smallexample
11083 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
11084 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
11085 @end smallexample
11086
11087 @cindex tape marks
11088 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
11089 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
11090 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
11091 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
11092 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
11093 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
11094 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
11095 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
11096 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
11097 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
11098 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
11099
11100 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
11101 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
11102
11103 @smallexample
11104 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
11105 @end smallexample
11106
11107 @noindent
11108 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
11109
11110 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
11111 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
11112 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
11113 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
11114 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
11115 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
11116 these commands:
11117
11118 @smallexample
11119 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
11120 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
11121 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
11122 @end smallexample
11123
11124 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
11125 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
11126
11127 @menu
11128 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
11129 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
11130 @end menu
11131
11132 @node Tape Positioning
11133 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
11134 @UNREVISED
11135
11136 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
11137 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
11138 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
11139 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
11140 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
11141 two at the end of all the file entries.
11142
11143 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
11144 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
11145
11146 @smallexample
11147 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
11148 @end smallexample
11149
11150 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
11151 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
11152 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
11153 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
11154 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
11155 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
11156 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
11157 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
11158 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
11159 the beginning of the archive you want to read. You can do it manually
11160 via @code{mt} utility (@pxref{mt}). The @code{restore} script does
11161 that automatically (@pxref{Scripted Restoration}).
11162
11163 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
11164 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
11165 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
11166 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
11167 following:
11168
11169 @smallexample
11170 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
11171 @end smallexample
11172
11173 @node mt
11174 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
11175 @UNREVISED
11176
11177 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
11178 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
11179 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
11180
11181 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
11182 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
11183 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
11184 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
11185 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
11186 together"?}
11187
11188 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
11189
11190 @smallexample
11191 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
11192 @end smallexample
11193
11194 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
11195 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
11196 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
11197
11198 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
11199
11200 @table @option
11201 @item eof
11202 @itemx weof
11203 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
11204
11205 @item fsf
11206 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
11207
11208 @item bsf
11209 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
11210
11211 @item rewind
11212 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}.)
11213
11214 @item offline
11215 @itemx rewoff1
11216 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}.)
11217
11218 @item status
11219 Prints status information about the tape unit.
11220
11221 @end table
11222
11223 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
11224 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} will use
11225 the default device specified in your @file{sys/mtio.h} file
11226 (@code{DEFTAPE} variable). If this is not defined, the program will
11227 display a descriptive error message and exit with code 1.
11228
11229 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
11230 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
11231 failed.
11232
11233 @node Using Multiple Tapes
11234 @section Using Multiple Tapes
11235
11236 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
11237 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
11238 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
11239 are using options like @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} or dumping entire file systems.
11240 Therefore, @command{tar} provides a special mode for creating
11241 multi-volume archives.
11242
11243 @dfn{Multi-volume} archive is a single @command{tar} archive, stored
11244 on several media volumes of fixed size. Although in this section we will
11245 often call @samp{volume} a @dfn{tape}, there is absolutely no
11246 requirement for multi-volume archives to be stored on tapes. Instead,
11247 they can use whatever media type the user finds convenient, they can
11248 even be located on files.
11249
11250 When creating a multi-volume archive, @GNUTAR{} continues to fill
11251 current volume until it runs out of space, then it switches to
11252 next volume (usually the operator is queried to replace the tape on
11253 this point), and continues working on the new volume. This operation
11254 continues until all requested files are dumped. If @GNUTAR{} detects
11255 end of media while dumping a file, such a file is archived in split
11256 form. Some very big files can even be split across several volumes.
11257
11258 Each volume is itself a valid @GNUTAR{} archive, so it can be read
11259 without any special options. Consequently any file member residing
11260 entirely on one volume can be extracted or otherwise operated upon
11261 without needing the other volume. Sure enough, to extract a split
11262 member you would need all volumes its parts reside on.
11263
11264 Multi-volume archives suffer from several limitations. In particular,
11265 they cannot be compressed.
11266
11267 @GNUTAR{} is able to create multi-volume archives of two formats
11268 (@pxref{Formats}): @samp{GNU} and @samp{POSIX}.
11269
11270 @menu
11271 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
11272 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
11273 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
11274
11275 @end menu
11276
11277 @node Multi-Volume Archives
11278 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
11279 @cindex Multi-volume archives
11280
11281 @opindex multi-volume
11282 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
11283 the media, use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option in conjunction with
11284 the @option{--create} option (@pxref{create}). A @dfn{multi-volume}
11285 archive can be manipulated like any other archive (provided the
11286 @option{--multi-volume} option is specified), but is stored on more
11287 than one tape or file.
11288
11289 When you specify @option{--multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
11290 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
11291 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
11292 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
11293 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
11294 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
11295
11296 @table @option
11297 @item --multi-volume
11298 @itemx -M
11299 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
11300 @option{--create} (@option{-c}). To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
11301 archive, specify @option{--multi-volume} in conjunction with that
11302 operation.
11303 For example:
11304
11305 @smallexample
11306 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11307 @end smallexample
11308 @end table
11309
11310 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
11311 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. If @command{tar}
11312 cannot detect the end of the tape itself, you can use
11313 @option{--tape-length} option to inform it about the capacity of the
11314 tape:
11315
11316 @anchor{tape-length}
11317 @table @option
11318 @opindex tape-length
11319 @item --tape-length=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
11320 @itemx -L @var{size}[@var{suf}]
11321 Set maximum length of a volume. The @var{suf}, if given, specifies
11322 units in which @var{size} is expressed, e.g. @samp{2M} mean 2
11323 megabytes (@pxref{size-suffixes}, for a list of allowed size
11324 suffixes). Without @var{suf}, units of 1024 bytes (kilobyte) are
11325 assumed.
11326
11327 This option selects @option{--multi-volume} automatically. For example:
11328
11329 @smallexample
11330 $ @kbd{tar --create --tape-length=41943040 --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11331 @end smallexample
11332
11333 @noindent
11334 or, which is equivalent:
11335
11336 @smallexample
11337 $ @kbd{tar --create --tape-length=4G --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11338 @end smallexample
11339 @end table
11340
11341 @anchor{change volume prompt}
11342 When @GNUTAR{} comes to the end of a storage media, it asks you to
11343 change the volume. The built-in prompt for POSIX locale
11344 is@footnote{If you run @GNUTAR{} under a different locale, the
11345 translation to the locale's language will be used.}:
11346
11347 @smallexample
11348 Prepare volume #@var{n} for '@var{archive}' and hit return:
11349 @end smallexample
11350
11351 @noindent
11352 where @var{n} is the ordinal number of the volume to be created and
11353 @var{archive} is archive file or device name.
11354
11355 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
11356 responses:
11357
11358 @table @kbd
11359 @item ?
11360 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses.
11361 @item q
11362 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
11363 @item n @var{file-name}
11364 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file-name}.
11365 @item !
11366 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell. This option can be disabled
11367 by giving @option{--restrict} command line option to
11368 @command{tar}@footnote{@xref{--restrict}, for more information about
11369 this option.}.
11370 @item y
11371 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
11372 @end table
11373
11374 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
11375 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
11376
11377 @cindex Volume number file
11378 @cindex volno file
11379 @anchor{volno-file}
11380 @opindex volno-file
11381 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-changing prompt
11382 can be changed; if you give the
11383 @option{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}} option, then
11384 @var{file-of-number} should be an non-existing file to be created, or
11385 else, a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be
11386 used as the volume number of the first volume written. When
11387 @command{tar} is finished, it will rewrite the file with the
11388 now-current volume number. (This does not change the volume number
11389 written on a tape label, as per @ref{label}, it @emph{only} affects
11390 the number used in the prompt.)
11391
11392 @cindex End-of-archive info script
11393 @cindex Info script
11394 @anchor{info-script}
11395 @opindex info-script
11396 @opindex new-volume-script
11397 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, you can write a special
11398 @dfn{new volume script}, that will be responsible for changing the
11399 volume, and instruct @command{tar} to use it instead of its normal
11400 prompting procedure:
11401
11402 @table @option
11403 @item --info-script=@var{command}
11404 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
11405 @itemx -F @var{command}
11406 Specify the command to invoke when switching volumes. The @var{command}
11407 can be used to eject cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as
11408 @samp{Someone please come change my tape} when performing unattended
11409 backups.
11410 @end table
11411
11412 The @var{command} can contain additional options, if such are needed.
11413 @xref{external, Running External Commands}, for a detailed discussion
11414 of the way @GNUTAR{} runs external commands. It inherits
11415 @command{tar}'s shell environment. Additional data is passed to it
11416 via the following environment variables:
11417
11418 @table @env
11419 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, info script environment variable
11420 @item TAR_VERSION
11421 @GNUTAR{} version number.
11422
11423 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, info script environment variable
11424 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
11425 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
11426
11427 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, info script environment variable
11428 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
11429 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
11430
11431 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, info script environment variable
11432 @item TAR_VOLUME
11433 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is about to start.
11434
11435 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, info script environment variable
11436 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
11437 A short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing.
11438 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
11439
11440 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, info script environment variable
11441 @item TAR_FORMAT
11442 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
11443 list of archive format names.
11444
11445 @vrindex TAR_FD, info script environment variable
11446 @item TAR_FD
11447 File descriptor which can be used to communicate the new volume
11448 name to @command{tar}.
11449 @end table
11450
11451 These variables can be used in the @var{command} itself, provided that
11452 they are properly quoted to prevent them from being expanded by the
11453 shell that invokes @command{tar}.
11454
11455 The volume script can instruct @command{tar} to use new archive name,
11456 by writing in to file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD} (see below for an example).
11457
11458 If the info script fails, @command{tar} exits; otherwise, it begins
11459 writing the next volume.
11460
11461 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of files or tape
11462 drives, there are three approaches to choose from. First of all, you
11463 can give @command{tar} multiple @option{--file} options. In this case
11464 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive
11465 volumes of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs
11466 to be used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run
11467 the info script). For example, suppose someone has two tape drives on
11468 a system named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having
11469 @GNUTAR{} to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
11470 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
11471
11472 @smallexample
11473 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
11474 $ @kbd{tar -cM -f /dev/tape0 -f /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
11475 @end smallexample
11476
11477 The second method is to use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change
11478 prompt.
11479
11480 Finally, the most flexible approach is to use a volume script, that
11481 writes new archive name to the file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD}. For example, the
11482 following volume script will create a series of archive files, named
11483 @file{@var{archive}-@var{vol}}, where @var{archive} is the name of the
11484 archive being created (as given by @option{--file} option) and
11485 @var{vol} is the ordinal number of the archive being created:
11486
11487 @smallexample
11488 @group
11489 #! /bin/bash
11490 # For this script it's advisable to use a shell, such as Bash,
11491 # that supports a TAR_FD value greater than 9.
11492
11493 echo Preparing volume $TAR_VOLUME of $TAR_ARCHIVE.
11494
11495 name=`expr $TAR_ARCHIVE : '\(.*\)-.*'`
11496 case $TAR_SUBCOMMAND in
11497 -c) ;;
11498 -d|-x|-t) test -r $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME || exit 1
11499 ;;
11500 *) exit 1
11501 esac
11502
11503 echo $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME >&$TAR_FD
11504 @end group
11505 @end smallexample
11506
11507 The same script can be used while listing, comparing or extracting
11508 from the created archive. For example:
11509
11510 @smallexample
11511 @group
11512 # @r{Create a multi-volume archive:}
11513 $ @kbd{tar -c -L1024 -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
11514 # @r{Extract from the created archive:}
11515 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
11516 @end group
11517 @end smallexample
11518
11519 @noindent
11520 Notice, that the first command had to use @option{-L} option, since
11521 otherwise @GNUTAR{} will end up writing everything to file
11522 @file{archive.tar}.
11523
11524 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
11525 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
11526 volume, use @option{--list}, without @option{--multi-volume} specified.
11527 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
11528 that volume), use @option{--extract}, again without
11529 @option{--multi-volume}.
11530
11531 If an archive member is split across volumes (i.e., its entry begins on
11532 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
11533 @option{--multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
11534 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
11535 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
11536 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
11537 information about extracting archives.
11538
11539 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
11540 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
11541 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
11542 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
11543
11544 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using
11545 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@pxref{label}) when it was
11546 created, @command{tar} will not automatically label volumes which are
11547 added later. To label subsequent volumes, specify
11548 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} again in conjunction with the
11549 @option{--append}, @option{--update} or @option{--concatenate} operation.
11550
11551 Notice that multi-volume support is a GNU extension and the archives
11552 created in this mode should be read only using @GNUTAR{}. If you
11553 absolutely have to process such archives using a third-party @command{tar}
11554 implementation, read @ref{Split Recovery}.
11555
11556 @node Tape Files
11557 @subsection Tape Files
11558 @cindex labeling archives
11559 @opindex label
11560 @UNREVISED
11561
11562 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
11563 @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} (@option{-V @var{volume-label}})
11564 option. This will write a special block identifying
11565 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the
11566 archive which will be displayed when the archive is listed with
11567 @option{--list}. If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
11568 @option{--multi-volume} (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}), then the
11569 volume label will have @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name
11570 you give, where @var{nnn} is the number of the volume of the archive.
11571 If you use the @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} option when
11572 reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the tape
11573 matches the one you gave. @xref{label}.
11574
11575 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
11576 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
11577 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
11578 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
11579 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
11580 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
11581 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
11582
11583 People seem to often do:
11584
11585 @smallexample
11586 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
11587 @end smallexample
11588
11589 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
11590
11591 @node Tarcat
11592 @subsection Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
11593
11594 @pindex tarcat
11595 Sometimes it is necessary to convert existing @GNUTAR{} multi-volume
11596 archive to a single @command{tar} archive. Simply concatenating all
11597 volumes into one will not work, since each volume carries an additional
11598 information at the beginning. @GNUTAR{} is shipped with the shell
11599 script @command{tarcat} designed for this purpose.
11600
11601 The script takes a list of files comprising a multi-volume archive
11602 and creates the resulting archive at the standard output. For example:
11603
11604 @smallexample
11605 @kbd{tarcat vol.1 vol.2 vol.3 | tar tf -}
11606 @end smallexample
11607
11608 The script implements a simple heuristics to determine the format of
11609 the first volume file and to decide how to process the rest of the
11610 files. However, it makes no attempt to verify whether the files are
11611 given in order or even if they are valid @command{tar} archives.
11612 It uses @command{dd} and does not filter its standard error, so you
11613 will usually see lots of spurious messages.
11614
11615 @FIXME{The script is not installed. Should we install it?}
11616
11617 @node label
11618 @section Including a Label in the Archive
11619 @cindex Labeling an archive
11620 @cindex Labels on the archive media
11621 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
11622
11623 @opindex label
11624 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
11625 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry --- an archive member which
11626 contains the name of the archive --- in the archive itself. Use the
11627 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
11628 option@footnote{Until version 1.10, that option was called
11629 @option{--volume}, but is not available under that name anymore.} in
11630 conjunction with the @option{--create} operation to include a label
11631 entry in the archive as it is being created.
11632
11633 @table @option
11634 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
11635 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
11636 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
11637 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
11638 @option{--create} operation. Checks to make sure the archive label
11639 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
11640 operation).
11641 @end table
11642
11643 If you create an archive using both
11644 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
11645 and @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), each volume of the archive
11646 will have an archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label}
11647 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
11648 next, and so on. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for information on
11649 creating multiple volume archives.
11650
11651 @cindex Volume label, listing
11652 @cindex Listing volume label
11653 The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
11654 the file contents. If verbose display is requested, it will also be
11655 explicitly marked as in the example below:
11656
11657 @smallexample
11658 @group
11659 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
11660 V--------- 0/0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
11661 -rw-r--r-- ringo/user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
11662 @end group
11663 @end smallexample
11664
11665 @opindex test-label
11666 @anchor{--test-label option}
11667 However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
11668 contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
11669 archive is stored on a tape). You can request checking only the volume
11670 label by specifying @option{--test-label} option. This option reads only the
11671 first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
11672 devices. For example:
11673
11674 @smallexample
11675 @group
11676 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
11677 iamalabel
11678 @end group
11679 @end smallexample
11680
11681 If @option{--test-label} is used with one or more command line
11682 arguments, @command{tar} compares the volume label with each
11683 argument. It exits with code 0 if a match is found, and with code 1
11684 otherwise@footnote{Note that @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.23 indicated
11685 mismatch with an exit code 2 and printed a spurious diagnostics on
11686 stderr.}. No output is displayed, unless you also used the
11687 @option{--verbose} option. For example:
11688
11689 @smallexample
11690 @group
11691 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalabel'}
11692 @result{} 0
11693 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'alabel'}
11694 @result{} 1
11695 @end group
11696 @end smallexample
11697
11698 When used with the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar}
11699 prints the actual volume label (if any), and a verbose diagnostics in
11700 case of a mismatch:
11701
11702 @smallexample
11703 @group
11704 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --verbose --file=iamanarchive 'iamalabel'}
11705 iamalabel
11706 @result{} 0
11707 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --verbose --file=iamanarchive 'alabel'}
11708 iamalabel
11709 tar: Archive label mismatch
11710 @result{} 1
11711 @end group
11712 @end smallexample
11713
11714 If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
11715 with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
11716 the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
11717 if it does not. Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
11718 overwriting existing archives. For example, if you wish to add files
11719 to @file{archive}, presumably labeled with string @samp{My volume},
11720 you will get:
11721
11722 @smallexample
11723 @group
11724 $ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
11725 tar: Archive not labeled to match 'My volume'
11726 @end group
11727 @end smallexample
11728
11729 @noindent
11730 in case its label does not match. This will work even if
11731 @file{archive} is not labeled at all.
11732
11733 Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
11734 archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
11735 specified. In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
11736 as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
11737 volume label. @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
11738 is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
11739 regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
11740 matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the sake of
11741 simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
11742 @command{tar}.}. If the switch @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) is being used,
11743 the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
11744 @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
11745 up. Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
11746 creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
11747 of it when the archive is being read.
11748
11749 You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
11750 all tapes of a series. For having this information different in each
11751 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
11752 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
11753
11754 @smallexample
11755 @group
11756 $ @kbd{tar -cM -f /dev/tape -V "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
11757 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
11758 --label="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
11759 @end group
11760 @end smallexample
11761
11762 Some more notes about volume labels:
11763
11764 @itemize @bullet
11765 @item Each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
11766 to the time when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
11767 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
11768 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready.
11769
11770 @item Comparing date labels to get an idea of tape throughput is
11771 unreliable. It gives correct results only if the delays for rewinding
11772 tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which is
11773 usually not the case.
11774 @end itemize
11775
11776 @node verify
11777 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
11778 @cindex Verifying a write operation
11779 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
11780
11781 @table @option
11782 @item -W
11783 @itemx --verify
11784 @opindex verify, short description
11785 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
11786 @end table
11787
11788 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
11789 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
11790 are recorded on the standard error output.
11791
11792 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
11793 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
11794 cannot be verified.
11795
11796 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
11797 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
11798 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
11799 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
11800 it is up to date.
11801
11802 @xopindex{verify, using with @option{--create}}
11803 @xopindex{create, using with @option{--verify}}
11804 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
11805 written, use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option in conjunction with
11806 the @option{--create} operation. When this option is
11807 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
11808 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
11809
11810 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
11811 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
11812 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
11813 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
11814
11815 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file
11816 system by using the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff}, @option{-d})
11817 option, instead of using the more automatic @option{--verify} option.
11818 @xref{compare}.
11819
11820 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
11821 @option{--compare} option checks how identical are the logical contents of some
11822 archive with what is on your disks, while the @option{--verify} option is
11823 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
11824 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @option{--verify}
11825 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
11826 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
11827 @option{--compare} option. If you nevertheless use @option{--compare} for
11828 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
11829 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
11830 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
11831 the same volume as the one just written or read.
11832
11833 The @option{--verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
11834 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
11835 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
11836 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
11837 as long as programming is concerned.
11838
11839 The @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option will not work in
11840 conjunction with the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option or
11841 the @option{--append} (@option{-r}), @option{--update} (@option{-u})
11842 and @option{--delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for more
11843 information on these operations.
11844
11845 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
11846 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
11847 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
11848 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
11849 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
11850
11851 @node Write Protection
11852 @section Write Protection
11853
11854 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
11855 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
11856 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
11857 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
11858 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
11859 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards.)
11860
11861 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
11862 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
11863 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
11864 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
11865 changeable feature.
11866
11867 @node Reliability and security
11868 @chapter Reliability and Security
11869
11870 The @command{tar} command reads and writes files as any other
11871 application does, and is subject to the usual caveats about
11872 reliability and security. This section contains some commonsense
11873 advice on the topic.
11874
11875 @menu
11876 * Reliability::
11877 * Security::
11878 @end menu
11879
11880 @node Reliability
11881 @section Reliability
11882
11883 Ideally, when @command{tar} is creating an archive, it reads from a
11884 file system that is not being modified, and encounters no errors or
11885 inconsistencies while reading and writing. If this is the case, the
11886 archive should faithfully reflect what was read. Similarly, when
11887 extracting from an archive, ideally @command{tar} ideally encounters
11888 no errors and the extracted files faithfully reflect what was in the
11889 archive.
11890
11891 However, when reading or writing real-world file systems, several
11892 things can go wrong; these include permissions problems, corruption of
11893 data, and race conditions.
11894
11895 @menu
11896 * Permissions problems::
11897 * Data corruption and repair::
11898 * Race conditions::
11899 @end menu
11900
11901 @node Permissions problems
11902 @subsection Permissions Problems
11903
11904 If @command{tar} encounters errors while reading or writing files, it
11905 normally reports an error and exits with nonzero status. The work it
11906 does may therefore be incomplete. For example, when creating an
11907 archive, if @command{tar} cannot read a file then it cannot copy the
11908 file into the archive.
11909
11910 @node Data corruption and repair
11911 @subsection Data Corruption and Repair
11912
11913 If an archive becomes corrupted by an I/O error, this may corrupt the
11914 data in an extracted file. Worse, it may corrupt the file's metadata,
11915 which may cause later parts of the archive to become misinterpreted.
11916 An tar-format archive contains a checksum that most likely will detect
11917 errors in the metadata, but it will not detect errors in the data.
11918
11919 If data corruption is a concern, you can compute and check your own
11920 checksums of an archive by using other programs, such as
11921 @command{cksum}.
11922
11923 When attempting to recover from a read error or data corruption in an
11924 archive, you may need to skip past the questionable data and read the
11925 rest of the archive. This requires some expertise in the archive
11926 format and in other software tools.
11927
11928 @node Race conditions
11929 @subsection Race conditions
11930
11931 If some other process is modifying the file system while @command{tar}
11932 is reading or writing files, the result may well be inconsistent due
11933 to race conditions. For example, if another process creates some
11934 files in a directory while @command{tar} is creating an archive
11935 containing the directory's files, @command{tar} may see some of the
11936 files but not others, or it may see a file that is in the process of
11937 being created. The resulting archive may not be a snapshot of the
11938 file system at any point in time. If an application such as a
11939 database system depends on an accurate snapshot, restoring from the
11940 @command{tar} archive of a live file system may therefore break that
11941 consistency and may break the application. The simplest way to avoid
11942 the consistency issues is to avoid making other changes to the file
11943 system while tar is reading it or writing it.
11944
11945 When creating an archive, several options are available to avoid race
11946 conditions. Some hosts have a way of snapshotting a file system, or
11947 of temporarily suspending all changes to a file system, by (say)
11948 suspending the only virtual machine that can modify a file system; if
11949 you use these facilities and have @command{tar -c} read from a
11950 snapshot when creating an archive, you can avoid inconsistency
11951 problems. More drastically, before starting @command{tar} you could
11952 suspend or shut down all processes other than @command{tar} that have
11953 access to the file system, or you could unmount the file system and
11954 then mount it read-only.
11955
11956 When extracting from an archive, one approach to avoid race conditions
11957 is to create a directory that no other process can write to, and
11958 extract into that.
11959
11960 @node Security
11961 @section Security
11962
11963 In some cases @command{tar} may be used in an adversarial situation,
11964 where an untrusted user is attempting to gain information about or
11965 modify otherwise-inaccessible files. Dealing with untrusted data
11966 (that is, data generated by an untrusted user) typically requires
11967 extra care, because even the smallest mistake in the use of
11968 @command{tar} is more likely to be exploited by an adversary than by a
11969 race condition.
11970
11971 @menu
11972 * Privacy::
11973 * Integrity::
11974 * Live untrusted data::
11975 * Security rules of thumb::
11976 @end menu
11977
11978 @node Privacy
11979 @subsection Privacy
11980
11981 Standard privacy concerns apply when using @command{tar}. For
11982 example, suppose you are archiving your home directory into a file
11983 @file{/archive/myhome.tar}. Any secret information in your home
11984 directory, such as your SSH secret keys, are copied faithfully into
11985 the archive. Therefore, if your home directory contains any file that
11986 should not be read by some other user, the archive itself should be
11987 not be readable by that user. And even if the archive's data are
11988 inaccessible to untrusted users, its metadata (such as size or
11989 last-modified date) may reveal some information about your home
11990 directory; if the metadata are intended to be private, the archive's
11991 parent directory should also be inaccessible to untrusted users.
11992
11993 One precaution is to create @file{/archive} so that it is not
11994 accessible to any user, unless that user also has permission to access
11995 all the files in your home directory.
11996
11997 Similarly, when extracting from an archive, take care that the
11998 permissions of the extracted files are not more generous than what you
11999 want. Even if the archive itself is readable only to you, files
12000 extracted from it have their own permissions that may differ.
12001
12002 @node Integrity
12003 @subsection Integrity
12004
12005 When creating archives, take care that they are not writable by a
12006 untrusted user; otherwise, that user could modify the archive, and
12007 when you later extract from the archive you will get incorrect data.
12008
12009 When @command{tar} extracts from an archive, by default it writes into
12010 files relative to the working directory. If the archive was generated
12011 by an untrusted user, that user therefore can write into any file
12012 under the working directory. If the working directory contains a
12013 symbolic link to another directory, the untrusted user can also write
12014 into any file under the referenced directory. When extracting from an
12015 untrusted archive, it is therefore good practice to create an empty
12016 directory and run @command{tar} in that directory.
12017
12018 When extracting from two or more untrusted archives, each one should
12019 be extracted independently, into different empty directories.
12020 Otherwise, the first archive could create a symbolic link into an area
12021 outside the working directory, and the second one could follow the
12022 link and overwrite data that is not under the working directory. For
12023 example, when restoring from a series of incremental dumps, the
12024 archives should have been created by a trusted process, as otherwise
12025 the incremental restores might alter data outside the working
12026 directory.
12027
12028 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option when
12029 extracting, @command{tar} respects any file names in the archive, even
12030 file names that begin with @file{/} or contain @file{..}. As this
12031 lets the archive overwrite any file in your system that you can write,
12032 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option should be used only
12033 for trusted archives.
12034
12035 Conversely, with the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) and
12036 @option{--skip-old-files} options, @command{tar} refuses to replace
12037 existing files when extracting. The difference between the two
12038 options is that the former treats existing files as errors whereas the
12039 latter just silently ignores them.
12040
12041 Finally, with the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option, @command{tar}
12042 refuses to replace the permissions or ownership of already-existing
12043 directories. These options may help when extracting from untrusted
12044 archives.
12045
12046 @node Live untrusted data
12047 @subsection Dealing with Live Untrusted Data
12048
12049 Extra care is required when creating from or extracting into a file
12050 system that is accessible to untrusted users. For example, superusers
12051 who invoke @command{tar} must be wary about its actions being hijacked
12052 by an adversary who is reading or writing the file system at the same
12053 time that @command{tar} is operating.
12054
12055 When creating an archive from a live file system, @command{tar} is
12056 vulnerable to denial-of-service attacks. For example, an adversarial
12057 user could create the illusion of an indefinitely-deep directory
12058 hierarchy @file{d/e/f/g/...} by creating directories one step ahead of
12059 @command{tar}, or the illusion of an indefinitely-long file by
12060 creating a sparse file but arranging for blocks to be allocated just
12061 before @command{tar} reads them. There is no easy way for
12062 @command{tar} to distinguish these scenarios from legitimate uses, so
12063 you may need to monitor @command{tar}, just as you'd need to monitor
12064 any other system service, to detect such attacks.
12065
12066 While a superuser is extracting from an archive into a live file
12067 system, an untrusted user might replace a directory with a symbolic
12068 link, in hopes that @command{tar} will follow the symbolic link and
12069 extract data into files that the untrusted user does not have access
12070 to. Even if the archive was generated by the superuser, it may
12071 contain a file such as @file{d/etc/passwd} that the untrusted user
12072 earlier created in order to break in; if the untrusted user replaces
12073 the directory @file{d/etc} with a symbolic link to @file{/etc} while
12074 @command{tar} is running, @command{tar} will overwrite
12075 @file{/etc/passwd}. This attack can be prevented by extracting into a
12076 directory that is inaccessible to untrusted users.
12077
12078 Similar attacks via symbolic links are also possible when creating an
12079 archive, if the untrusted user can modify an ancestor of a top-level
12080 argument of @command{tar}. For example, an untrusted user that can
12081 modify @file{/home/eve} can hijack a running instance of @samp{tar -cf
12082 - /home/eve/Documents/yesterday} by replacing
12083 @file{/home/eve/Documents} with a symbolic link to some other
12084 location. Attacks like these can be prevented by making sure that
12085 untrusted users cannot modify any files that are top-level arguments
12086 to @command{tar}, or any ancestor directories of these files.
12087
12088 @node Security rules of thumb
12089 @subsection Security Rules of Thumb
12090
12091 This section briefly summarizes rules of thumb for avoiding security
12092 pitfalls.
12093
12094 @itemize @bullet
12095
12096 @item
12097 Protect archives at least as much as you protect any of the files
12098 being archived.
12099
12100 @item
12101 Extract from an untrusted archive only into an otherwise-empty
12102 directory. This directory and its parent should be accessible only to
12103 trusted users. For example:
12104
12105 @example
12106 @group
12107 $ @kbd{chmod go-rwx .}
12108 $ @kbd{mkdir -m go-rwx dir}
12109 $ @kbd{cd dir}
12110 $ @kbd{tar -xvf /archives/got-it-off-the-net.tar.gz}
12111 @end group
12112 @end example
12113
12114 As a corollary, do not do an incremental restore from an untrusted archive.
12115
12116 @item
12117 Do not let untrusted users access files extracted from untrusted
12118 archives without checking first for problems such as setuid programs.
12119
12120 @item
12121 Do not let untrusted users modify directories that are ancestors of
12122 top-level arguments of @command{tar}. For example, while you are
12123 executing @samp{tar -cf /archive/u-home.tar /u/home}, do not let an
12124 untrusted user modify @file{/}, @file{/archive}, or @file{/u}.
12125
12126 @item
12127 Pay attention to the diagnostics and exit status of @command{tar}.
12128
12129 @item
12130 When archiving live file systems, monitor running instances of
12131 @command{tar} to detect denial-of-service attacks.
12132
12133 @item
12134 Avoid unusual options such as @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
12135 @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}), @option{--overwrite},
12136 @option{--recursive-unlink}, and @option{--remove-files} unless you
12137 understand their security implications.
12138
12139 @end itemize
12140
12141 @node Changes
12142 @appendix Changes
12143
12144 This appendix lists some important user-visible changes between
12145 version @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and previous versions. An up-to-date
12146 version of this document is available at
12147 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/manual/changes.html,the
12148 @GNUTAR{} documentation page}.
12149
12150 @table @asis
12151 @item Use of globbing patterns when listing and extracting.
12152
12153 Previous versions of GNU tar assumed shell-style globbing when
12154 extracting from or listing an archive. For example:
12155
12156 @smallexample
12157 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
12158 @end smallexample
12159
12160 would extract all files whose names end in @samp{.c}. This behavior
12161 was not documented and was incompatible with traditional tar
12162 implementations. Therefore, starting from version 1.15.91, GNU tar
12163 no longer uses globbing by default. For example, the above invocation
12164 is now interpreted as a request to extract from the archive the file
12165 named @file{*.c}.
12166
12167 To facilitate transition to the new behavior for those users who got
12168 used to the previous incorrect one, @command{tar} will print a warning
12169 if it finds out that a requested member was not found in the archive
12170 and its name looks like a globbing pattern. For example:
12171
12172 @smallexample
12173 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
12174 tar: Pattern matching characters used in file names. Please,
12175 tar: use --wildcards to enable pattern matching, or --no-wildcards to
12176 tar: suppress this warning.
12177 tar: *.c: Not found in archive
12178 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
12179 @end smallexample
12180
12181 To treat member names as globbing patterns, use the @option{--wildcards} option.
12182 If you want to tar to mimic the behavior of versions prior to 1.15.91,
12183 add this option to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable.
12184
12185 @xref{wildcards}, for the detailed discussion of the use of globbing
12186 patterns by @GNUTAR{}.
12187
12188 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
12189
12190 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
12191 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
12192
12193 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
12194 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
12195 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
12196
12197 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
12198 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
12199 Users are encouraged to use @option{--format=oldgnu} instead.
12200
12201 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
12202 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
12203 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
12204 of this issue and its implications.
12205
12206 @xref{Options, tar-formats, Changing Automake's Behavior,
12207 automake, GNU Automake}, for a description on how to use various
12208 archive formats with @command{automake}.
12209
12210 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
12211 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
12212
12213 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
12214
12215 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
12216 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Since such usage contradicted
12217 to UNIX98 specification and harmed compatibility with other
12218 implementations, it was declared deprecated in version 1.14. However,
12219 to facilitate transition to its new semantics, it was supported by
12220 versions 1.15 and 1.15.90. The present use of @option{-l} as a short
12221 variant of @option{--check-links} was introduced in version 1.15.91.
12222
12223 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
12224
12225 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
12226
12227 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
12228
12229 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
12230 @end table
12231
12232 @node Configuring Help Summary
12233 @appendix Configuring Help Summary
12234
12235 Running @kbd{tar --help} displays the short @command{tar} option
12236 summary (@pxref{help}). This summary is organized by @dfn{groups} of
12237 semantically close options. The options within each group are printed
12238 in the following order: a short option, eventually followed by a list
12239 of corresponding long option names, followed by a short description of
12240 the option. For example, here is an excerpt from the actual @kbd{tar
12241 --help} output:
12242
12243 @verbatim
12244 Main operation mode:
12245
12246 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to an archive
12247 -c, --create create a new archive
12248 -d, --diff, --compare find differences between archive and
12249 file system
12250 --delete delete from the archive
12251 @end verbatim
12252
12253 @vrindex ARGP_HELP_FMT, environment variable
12254 The exact visual representation of the help output is configurable via
12255 @env{ARGP_HELP_FMT} environment variable. The value of this variable
12256 is a comma-separated list of @dfn{format variable} assignments. There
12257 are two kinds of format variables. An @dfn{offset variable} keeps the
12258 offset of some part of help output text from the leftmost column on
12259 the screen. A @dfn{boolean} variable is a flag that toggles some
12260 output feature on or off. Depending on the type of the corresponding
12261 variable, there are two kinds of assignments:
12262
12263 @table @asis
12264 @item Offset assignment
12265
12266 The assignment to an offset variable has the following syntax:
12267
12268 @smallexample
12269 @var{variable}=@var{value}
12270 @end smallexample
12271
12272 @noindent
12273 where @var{variable} is the variable name, and @var{value} is a
12274 numeric value to be assigned to the variable.
12275
12276 @item Boolean assignment
12277
12278 To assign @code{true} value to a variable, simply put this variable name. To
12279 assign @code{false} value, prefix the variable name with @samp{no-}. For
12280 example:
12281
12282 @smallexample
12283 @group
12284 # Assign @code{true} value:
12285 dup-args
12286 # Assign @code{false} value:
12287 no-dup-args
12288 @end group
12289 @end smallexample
12290 @end table
12291
12292 Following variables are declared:
12293
12294 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args
12295 If true, arguments for an option are shown with both short and long
12296 options, even when a given option has both forms, for example:
12297
12298 @smallexample
12299 -f ARCHIVE, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12300 @end smallexample
12301
12302 If false, then if an option has both short and long forms, the
12303 argument is only shown with the long one, for example:
12304
12305 @smallexample
12306 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12307 @end smallexample
12308
12309 @noindent
12310 and a message indicating that the argument is applicable to both
12311 forms is printed below the options. This message can be disabled
12312 using @code{dup-args-note} (see below).
12313
12314 The default is false.
12315 @end deftypevr
12316
12317 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args-note
12318 If this variable is true, which is the default, the following notice
12319 is displayed at the end of the help output:
12320
12321 @quotation
12322 Mandatory or optional arguments to long options are also mandatory or
12323 optional for any corresponding short options.
12324 @end quotation
12325
12326 Setting @code{no-dup-args-note} inhibits this message. Normally, only one of
12327 variables @code{dup-args} or @code{dup-args-note} should be set.
12328 @end deftypevr
12329
12330 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset short-opt-col
12331 Column in which short options start. Default is 2.
12332
12333 @smallexample
12334 @group
12335 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12336 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12337 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=short-opt-col=6 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12338 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12339 @end group
12340 @end smallexample
12341 @end deftypevr
12342
12343 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset long-opt-col
12344 Column in which long options start. Default is 6. For example:
12345
12346 @smallexample
12347 @group
12348 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12349 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12350 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=long-opt-col=16 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12351 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12352 @end group
12353 @end smallexample
12354 @end deftypevr
12355
12356 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset doc-opt-col
12357 Column in which @dfn{doc options} start. A doc option isn't actually
12358 an option, but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that is
12359 displayed in much the same manner as the options. For example, in
12360 the description of @option{--format} option:
12361
12362 @smallexample
12363 @group
12364 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
12365
12366 FORMAT is one of the following:
12367
12368 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
12369 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
12370 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
12371 posix same as pax
12372 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
12373 v7 old V7 tar format
12374 @end group
12375 @end smallexample
12376
12377 @noindent
12378 the format names are doc options. Thus, if you set
12379 @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=doc-opt-col=6} the above part of the help output
12380 will look as follows:
12381
12382 @smallexample
12383 @group
12384 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
12385
12386 FORMAT is one of the following:
12387
12388 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
12389 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
12390 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
12391 posix same as pax
12392 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
12393 v7 old V7 tar format
12394 @end group
12395 @end smallexample
12396 @end deftypevr
12397
12398 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset opt-doc-col
12399 Column in which option description starts. Default is 29.
12400
12401 @smallexample
12402 @group
12403 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12404 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12405 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=19 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12406 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12407 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=9 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12408 -f, --file=ARCHIVE
12409 use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12410 @end group
12411 @end smallexample
12412
12413 @noindent
12414 Notice, that the description starts on a separate line if
12415 @code{opt-doc-col} value is too small.
12416 @end deftypevr
12417
12418 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset header-col
12419 Column in which @dfn{group headers} are printed. A group header is a
12420 descriptive text preceding an option group. For example, in the
12421 following text:
12422
12423 @verbatim
12424 Main operation mode:
12425
12426 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to
12427 an archive
12428 -c, --create create a new archive
12429 @end verbatim
12430 @noindent
12431 @samp{Main operation mode:} is the group header.
12432
12433 The default value is 1.
12434 @end deftypevr
12435
12436 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset usage-indent
12437 Indentation of wrapped usage lines. Affects @option{--usage}
12438 output. Default is 12.
12439 @end deftypevr
12440
12441 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset rmargin
12442 Right margin of the text output. Used for wrapping.
12443 @end deftypevr
12444
12445 @node Fixing Snapshot Files
12446 @appendix Fixing Snapshot Files
12447 @include tar-snapshot-edit.texi
12448
12449 @node Tar Internals
12450 @appendix Tar Internals
12451 @include intern.texi
12452
12453 @node Genfile
12454 @appendix Genfile
12455 @include genfile.texi
12456
12457 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
12458 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
12459 @include freemanuals.texi
12460
12461 @node GNU Free Documentation License
12462 @appendix GNU Free Documentation License
12463
12464 @include fdl.texi
12465
12466 @node Index of Command Line Options
12467 @appendix Index of Command Line Options
12468
12469 This appendix contains an index of all @GNUTAR{} long command line
12470 options. The options are listed without the preceding double-dash.
12471 For a cross-reference of short command line options, see
12472 @ref{Short Option Summary}.
12473
12474 @printindex op
12475
12476 @node Index
12477 @appendix Index
12478
12479 @printindex cp
12480
12481 @summarycontents
12482 @contents
12483 @bye
12484
12485 @c Local variables:
12486 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
12487 @c End:
This page took 0.517682 seconds and 3 git commands to generate.